what geometric visual hallucinations tell us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474...

19
VIEW Communicated by Bard Ermentrout What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the Visual Cortex Paul C. Bressloff [email protected] Department of Mathematics, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112, U.S.A. Jack D. Cowan [email protected] Department of Mathematics, University of Chicago, Chicago, IL 60637, U.S.A. Martin Golubitsky [email protected] Department of Mathematics, University of Houston, Houston, TX 77204-3476 , U.S.A. Peter J. Thomas [email protected] Computational Neurobiology Laboratory, Salk Institute for Biological Studies, San Diego, CA 92186-5800, U.S.A. Matthew C. Wiener [email protected] Laboratory of Neuropsychology, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD 20892, U.S.A. Many observers see geometric visual hallucinations after taking hallu- cinogens such as LSD, cannabis, mescaline or psilocybin; on viewing bright ickering lights; on waking up or falling asleep; in near-deathexperiences ; and in many other syndromes. Kl ¨ uver organized the images into four groups called form constants: (I) tunnels and funnels, (II) spirals, (III) lattices, including honeycombs and triangles, and (IV) cobwebs. In most cases, the images are seen in both eyes and move with them. We interpret this to mean that they are generated in the brain. Here, we sum- marize a theory of their origin in visual cortex (area V1), based on the assumption that the form of the retino–cortical map and the architecture of V1 determine their geometry. (A much longer and more detailed math- ematical version has been published in Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B, 356 [2001].) We model V1 as the continuum limit of a lattice of interconnected hy- percolumns, each comprising a number of interconnected iso-orientation columns. Based on anatomical evidence, we assume that the lateral con- Neural Computation 14, 473–491 (2002) c ° 2002 Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Upload: others

Post on 31-Jul-2020

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

VIEW Communicated by Bard Ermentrout

What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about theVisual Cortex

Paul C BressloffbressloffmathutaheduDepartment of Mathematics University of Utah Salt Lake City Utah 84112 USA

Jack D CowancowanmathuchicagoeduDepartment of Mathematics University of Chicago Chicago IL 60637 USA

Martin GolubitskymgmathuheduDepartment of Mathematics University of Houston Houston TX 77204-3476 USA

Peter J ThomaspjthomassalkeduComputational Neurobiology Laboratory Salk Institute for Biological Studies SanDiego CA 92186-5800 USA

Matthew C WienermcwlnnimhnihgovLaboratory of Neuropsychology National Institutes of Health Bethesda MD 20892USA

Many observers see geometric visual hallucinations after taking hallu-cinogens such as LSD cannabis mescaline or psilocybin on viewingbright ickering lights on waking up or falling asleep in ldquonear-deathrdquoexperiences and in many other syndromes Kluver organized the imagesinto four groups called form constants (I) tunnels and funnels (II) spirals(III) lattices including honeycombs and triangles and (IV) cobwebs Inmost cases the images are seen in both eyes and move with them Weinterpret this to mean that they are generated in the brain Here we sum-marize a theory of their origin in visual cortex (area V1) based on theassumption that the form of the retinondashcortical map and the architectureof V1 determine their geometry (A much longer and more detailed math-ematical version has been published in Philosophical Transactions of theRoyal Society B 356 [2001])

We model V1 as the continuum limit of a lattice of interconnected hy-percolumns each comprising a number of interconnected iso-orientationcolumns Based on anatomical evidence we assume that the lateral con-

Neural Computation 14 473ndash491 (2002) cdeg 2002 Massachusetts Institute of Technology

474 P C Bressloff et al

nectivity between hypercolumns exhibits symmetries rendering it in-variant under the action of the Euclidean group E(2) composed of re-ections and translations in the plane and a (novel) shift-twist actionUsing this symmetry we show that the various patterns of activity thatspontaneously emerge when V1rsquos spatially uniform resting state becomesunstable correspond to the form constants when transformed to the vi-sual eld using the retino-cortical map The results are sensitive to thedetailed specication of the lateral connectivity and suggest that thecortical mechanisms that generate geometric visual hallucinations areclosely related to those used to process edges contours surfaces andtextures

1 Introduction

Seeing vivid visual hallucinations is an experience described in almost allhuman cultures Painted hallucinatory images are found in prehistoric caves(Clottes amp Lewis-Williams 1998) and scratched on petroglyphs (Patterson1992) Hallucinatory images are seen both when falling asleep (Dybowski1939) and on waking up (Mavromatis 1987) following sensory depriva-tion (Zubek 1969) after taking ketamine and related anesthetics (Collier1972) after seeing bright ickering light (Purkinje 1918 Helmholtz 1925Smythies 1960) or on applying deep binocular pressure on the eyeballs(Tyler 1978) in ldquonear-deathrdquo experiences (Blackmore 1992) and most strik-ing shortly after taking hallucinogens containing ingredients such as LSDcannabis mescaline or psilocybin (Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) In most casesthe images are seen in both eyes and move with them but maintain theirrelative positions in the visual eld We interpret this to mean that they aregenerated in the brain One possible location for their origin is provided byfMRI studies of visual imagery suggesting that V1 is activated when humansubjects are instructed to inspect the ne details of an imagined visual object(Miyashita 1995) In 1928 Kluver (1966) organized such images into fourgroups called form constants (I) tunnels and funnels (II) spirals (III) lat-tices including honeycombs and triangles and (IV) cobwebs all of whichcontain repeated geometric structures Figure 1 shows their appearance inthe visual eld Ermentrout and Cowan (1979) provided a rst account ofa theory of the generation of such form constants Here we develop andelaborate this theory in the light of the anatomical and physiological datathat have accumulated since then

11 Form Constants and the RetinondashCortical Map Assuming that formconstants are generated in part in V1 the rst step in constructing a theoryof their origin is to compute their appearance in V1 coordinates This isdone using the topographic map between the visual eld and V1 It is wellestablished that the central region of the visual eld has a much biggerrepresentation in V1 than does the peripheral eld (Drasdo 1977 Sereno

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 475

Figure 1 Hallucinatory form constants (I) Funnel and (II) spiral images seenfollowing ingestion of LSD (redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik1975) (III) honeycombgenerated by marijuana (redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) and (IV) cobwebpetroglyph (redrawn from Patterson 1992)

et al 1995) Such a nonuniform retino-cortical magnication is generatedby the nonuniform packing density of ganglion cells in the retina whoseaxons in the optic nerve target neurons in the lateral geniculate nucleus(LGN) and (subsequently) in V1 that are much more uniformly packedLet rR D frR hRg be the (polar) coordinates of a point in the visual eld andr D fx yg its corresponding V1 coordinates Given a retinal ganglion cell

476 P C Bressloff et al

packing density rR (cells per unit retinal area) approximated by the inversesquare law

rR D1

(w0 C 2 rR)2

(Drasdo 1977) and a uniform V1 packing density r we derive a coordi-nate transformation (Cowan 1977) that reduces sufciently far away fromthe fovea (when rR Agrave w0 2 ) to a scaled version of the complex logarithm(Schwartz 1977)

x Da

2ln

micro2

w0rR

para y D

bhR

2 (11)

where w0 and 2 are constants Estimates of w0 D 0087 and 2 D 0051 inappropriate units can be obtained from Drasdorsquos data on the human retinaand a and b are constants These values correspond to a magnication fac-tor of 115 mmdegrees of visual angle at the fovea and 575 mmdegreesof visual angle at rR D w0 2 D 17 degrees of visual angle We can alsocompute how the complex logarithm maps local edges or contours in thevisual eld that is its tangent map Let wR be the orientation preference ofa neuron in V1 whose receptive eld is centered at the point rR in the visualeld and let fr w g be the V1 image of frR wRg It can be shown (Wiener1994 Cowan 1997 Bressloff Cowan Golubitsky Thomas amp Wiener 2001)that under the tangent map of the complex logarithm w D wR iexcl hR Giventhe retino-cortical map frR wRg fr w g we can compute the form of loga-rithmic spirals circles and rays and their local tangents in V1 coordinatesThe equation for spirals can be written as hR D a ln[rR exp(iexclb)] C c whencey iexcl c D a(x iexcl b) under the action rR r Thus logarithmic spirals be-come oblique lines of constant slope a in V1 Circles and rays correspond tovertical (a D 1) and horizontal (a D 0) lines Since the slopes of the localtangents to logarithmic spirals are given by the equation tan(wR iexcl hR) D aand therefore in V1 coordinates by tan w D a the local tangents in V1 lieparallel to the images of logarithmic spirals It follows that types I and IIform constants corresponding to stripes of neural activity at various anglesin V1 and types III and IV to spatially periodic patterns of local tangentsin V1 as shown in Figure 2 On the average about 30 to 36 stripes andabout 60 to 72 contours are perceived in the visual eld corresponding toa wavelength of about 24 to 32 mm in human V1 This is comparable toestimates of about twice V1 hypercolumn spacing (Hubel amp Wiesel 1974)derived from the responses of human subjects to perceived grating patterns(Tyler 1982) and from direct anatomical measurements of human V1 (Hor-ton amp Hedley-Whyte 1984) All of these facts and calculations reinforce thesuggestion that the form constants are located in V1 It might be argued thatsince hallucinatory images are seen as continuous across the midline theymust be located at higher levels in the visual pathway than V1 However

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 477

Figure 2 (a) Retino-cortical transform Logarithmic spirals in the visual eldmap to straight lines in V1 (b c) The action of the map on the outlines of funneland spiral form constants

there is evidence that callosal connections along the V1V2 border can actto maintain continuity of the images across the vertical meridian (Hubel ampWiesel 1962) Thus if hallucinatory images are generated in both halves ofV1 as long as the callosal connections operate such images will be contin-uous across the midline

478 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 3 Outline of the architecture of V1 represented by equation 12 Localconnections between iso-orientation patches within a hypercolumn are assumedto be isotropic Lateral connections between iso-orientation patches in differenthypercolumns are assumed to be anisotropic

12 Symmetries of V1 Intrinsic Circuitry In recent years data concern-ing the functional organization and circuitry of V1 have accrued from mi-croelectrode studies (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983) labeling and optical imaging(Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking Zhang Schoeld amp Fitzpatrick 1997)Perhaps the most striking result is Blasdel and Salamarsquos (1986) demonstra-tion of the large-scale organization of iso-orientation patches in primatesWe can conclude that approximately every 07 mm or so in V1 (in macaque)there is an iso-orientation patch of a given preference w and that each hyper-column has a full complement of such patches with preferences runningfrom w to w C p The other striking result concerns the intrinsic horizon-tal connections in layers 2 3 and (to some extent) 5 of V1 The axons ofthese connections make terminal arbors only every 07 mm or so alongtheir tracks (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983) and connect mainly to cells with sim-ilar orientation preferences (Bosking et al 1997) In addition there is apronounced anisotropy to the pattern of such connections differing iso-orientation patches preferentially connect to patches in neighboring hyper-columns in such a way as to form continuous contours under the action ofthe retino-cortical map described above (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983 Bosking etal 1997) This contrasts with the pattern of connectivity within any one hy-percolumn which is much more isotropic any given iso-orientation patchconnects locally in all directions to all neighboring patches within a radiusof less than 07 mm (Blasdel amp Salama 1986) Figure 3 shows a diagram ofsuch connection patterns

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 479

Since each location in the visual eld is represented in V1 roughly speak-ing by a hypercolumn-sized region containing all orientations we treat rand w as independent variables so that all possible orientation preferencesexist at each corresponding position rR in the visual eld This continuumapproximation allows a mathematically tractable treatment of V1 as a lat-tice of hypercolumns Because the actual hypercolumn spacing (Hubel ampWiesel 1974) is about half the effective cortical wavelength of many of theimages we wish to study care must be taken in interpreting cortical activ-ity patterns as visual percepts In addition it is possible that lattice effectscould introduce deviations from the continuum model Within the contin-uum framework let w (r w | r0 w 0 ) be the strength or weight of connectionsfrom the iso-orientation patch at fx0 y0g D r0 in V1 with orientation pref-erence w 0 to the patch at fx yg D r with preference w We decompose w interms of local connections from elements within the same hypercolumn andpatchy lateral connections from elements in other hypercolumns that is

w(r w | r0 w 0 ) D wLOC (w iexcl w 0 )d (r iexcl r0 )

C bwLAT (s)d (r iexcl r0 iexcl sew )d (w iexcl w 0 ) (12)

where d (cent) is the Dirac delta function ew is a unit vector in the wndashdirectionb is a parameter that measures the weight of lateral relative to local con-nections and wLAT (s) is the weight of lateral connections between iso-orientation patches separated by a cortical distance s along a visuotopicaxis parallel to their orientation preference The fact that the lateral weightdepends ona rotated vector expresses its anisotropy Observations by Hirschand Gilbert (1991) suggest that b is small and therefore that the lateral con-nections modulate rather than drive V1 activity It can be shown (Wiener1994 Cowan 1997 Bressloff et al 2001) that the weighting function denedin equation 12 has a well-dened symmetry it is invariant with respect tocertain operations in the plane of V1ndashtranslations fr w g fr C u wg reec-tions fx y wg fx iexcly iexclw g anda rotation dened as fr w g fRh [r] w Ch gwhere Rh [r] is the vector r rotated by the angle h This form of the rotationoperation follows from the anisotropy of the lateral weighting function andcomprises a translation or shift of the orientation preference label w to w Ch together with a rotation or twist of the position vector r by the angle h Sucha shift-twist operation (Zweck amp Williams 2001) provides a novel way togenerate the Euclidean group E(2) of rigid motions in the plane The factthat the weighting function is invariant with respect to this form of E(2) hasimportant consequences for any model of the dynamics of V1 In particularthe equivariant branching lemma (Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) guaranteesthat when the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 becomes unstable new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of E(2) can arise These new stateswill be linear combinations of patterns we call planforms

480 P C Bressloff et al

2 A Model of the Dynamics of V1

Let a(r w t) be the average membrane potential or activity in an iso-orienta-tion patch at the point r with orientation preference w The activity variablea(r w t) evolves according to a generalization of the Wilson-Cowan equa-tions (Wilson amp Cowan 1973) that incorporates an additional degree offreedom to represent orientation preference and the continuum limit of theweighting function dened in equation 12

a(r w t)t

D iexclaa(r w t) Cm

p

Z p

0wLOC (w iexcl w 0 )s[a(r w 0 t)]dw 0

C ordm

Z 1

iexcl1wLAT (s)s[a(r C sew w t)] ds (21)

where a m and ordm D mb are respectively time and coupling constantsand s[a] is a smooth sigmoidal function of the activity a It remains only tospecify the form of the functions wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) In the single pop-ulation model considered here we do not distinguish between excitatoryand inhibitory neurons and therefore assume both wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) tobe ldquoMexican hatsrdquo of the generic form

siexcl11 exp(iexclx22s2

1 ) iexcl siexcl12 exp(iexclx2 2s2

2 ) (22)

with Fourier transform

W (p) D exp(iexcls21 p2) iexcl exp(iexcls2

2 p2)

(s1 lt s2) such that iso-orientation patches at nearby locations mutually ex-cite if they have similar orientation preferences and inhibit otherwise andsimilar iso-orientation patches at locations at least r0 mm apart mutuallyinhibit In models that distinguish between excitatory and inhibitory pop-ulations it is possible to achieve similar results using inverted Mexican hatfunctions that incorporate short-range inhibition and long-range excitationSuch models may provide a better t to anatomical data (Levitt Lund ampYoshioka 1996)

An equation F[a] D 0 is said to be equivariant with respect to a symmetryoperatorc if it commutes with it that is ifc F[a] D F[c a] It follows from theEuclidean symmetry of the weighting function w(r w | r0 w 0 ) with respectto the shift-twist action that equation 21 is equivariant with respect to itThis has important implications for the dynamics of our model of V1 Leta(r w ) D 0 be a homogeneous stationary state of equation 21 that dependssmoothly on the coupling parameter m When no iso-orientation patchesare activated it is easy to show that a(r w ) D 0 is stable for all values of m

less than a critical value m 0 (Ermentrout 1998) However the parameter m

can reach m 0 if for example the excitability of V1 is increased by the ac-tion of hallucinogens on brain stem nuclei such as the locus ceruleus or the

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 481

raphe nucleus which secrete the monoamines serotonin and noradrenalinIn such a case the homogeneous stationary state a(r w ) D 0 becomes un-stable If m remains close to m 0 then new stationary states develop thatare approximated by (nite) linear combinations of the eigenfunctions ofthe linearized version of equation 21 The equivariant branching lemma(Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) then guarantees the existence of new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of the Euclidean group E(2) Thismechanism by which dynamical systems with Mexican hat interactions cangenerate spatially periodic patterns that displace a homogeneous equilib-rium was rst introduced by Turing (1952) in his article on the chemicalbasis of morphogenesis

21 Eigenfunctions of V1 Computing the eigenvalues and associatedeigenfunctions of the linearized version of equation 21 is nontrivial largelybecause of the presence of the anisotropic lateral connections Howevergiven that lateral effects are only modulatory so that b iquest 1 degenerateRayleigh-Schrodinger perturbation theory can be used to compute them(Bressloff et al 2001) The results can be summarized as follows Let s1 bethe slope of s[a] at the stationary equilibrium a D 0 Then to lowest orderin b the eigenvalues lsect are

lsect (p q) D iexcla C m s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) sect WLAT (2p q)g] (23)

where WLOC (p) is the pth Fourier mode of wLOC (w ) and

WLAT (p q) D (iexcl1)pZ 1

0wLAT (s)J2p (qs) ds

is the Fourier transform of the lateral weight distribution with J2p (x) theBessel function of x of integer order 2p To these eigenvalues belong theassociated eigenfunctions

ordmsect (r w ) D cn usect (w iexcl wn) exp[ikn cent r]

C ccurrenn usectcurren (w iexcl wn) exp[iexclikn cent r] (24)

where kn D fq cos wn q sin wng and (to lowest order in b) usect (w ) D cos 2pw

or sin 2pw and the curren operator is complex conjugation These functions willbe recognized as plane waves modulated by even or odd phase-shifted p ndashperiodic functions cos[2p(w iexcl wn)] or sin[2p(w iexcl wn)] The relation betweenthe eigenvalues lsect and the wave numbers p and q given in equation 23 iscalled a dispersion relation In case lsect D 0 at m D m 0 equation 23 can berewritten as

m c Da

s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) C WLAT (2p q)g] (25)

482 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 4 Dispersion curves showing the marginal stability of the homogeneousmode of V1 Solid lines correspond to odd eigenfunctions dashed lines to evenones If V1 is in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) eigenfunctions in the form ofunmodulated plane waves or roll patterns can appear rst at the wave numbers(a) qc D 0 and (b) qc D 1 If V1 is in the coupledndashring mode (pc D 1) oddmodulated eigenfunctions can form rst at the wave numbers (c) qc D 0 and(d) qc D 1

and gives rise to themarginal stability curves plotted inFigure 4 Examinationof these curves indicates that the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 can lose itsstability in four differing ways as shown in Table 1

Table 1 Instabilities of V1

Wave Local LateralNumbers Interactions Interactions Eigenfunction

pc D qc D 0 Excitatory Excitatory cn

pc D 0 qc 6D 0 Excitatory Mexican hat cn cos[kn cent r]pc 6D 0 qc D 0 Mexican hat Excitatory cnusect (w iexcl wn ) C ccurren

nusectcurren (w iexcl wn )

pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0 Mexican hat Mexican hat cnusect (w iexcl wn ) cos[kn cent r]

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 483

We call responses with pc D 0 (rows 1 and 2) the Hubel-Wiesel mode of V1operation In such a mode any orientation tuning must be extrinsic to V1generated for example by local anisotropies of the geniculo-cortical map(Hubel amp Wiesel 1962) We call responses with pc 6D 0 (rows 3 and 4) thecoupled ring mode of V1 operation (Somers Nelson amp Sur 1996 Hansel ampSompolinsky 1997 Mundel Dimitrov amp Cowan 1997) In both cases themodel reduces to a system of coupled hypercolumns each modeled as a ringof interacting iso-orientation patches with local excitation and inhibitionEven if the lateral interactions are weak (b iquest 1) the orientation preferencesbecome spatially organized in a pattern given by some combination of theeigenfunctions ordmsect (r w )

3 Planforms and V1

It remains to compute the actual patterns of V1 activity that develop whenthe uniform state loses stability These patterns will be linear combina-tions of the eigenfunctions described above which we call planforms Tocompute them we nd those planforms that are left invariant by the ax-ial subgroups of E(2) under the shift-twist action An axial subgroup is arestricted set of the symmetry operators of a group whose action leaves in-variant a one-dimensional vector subspace containing essentially one plan-form We limit these planforms to regular tilings of the plane (Golubit-sky Stewart amp Schaeffer 1988) by restricting our computation to doublyperiodic planforms Given such a restriction there are only a nite num-ber of shift-twists to consider (modulo an arbitrary rotation of the wholeplane) and the axial subgroups and their planforms have either rhombicsquare or hexagonal symmetry To determine which planforms are stabi-lized by the nonlinearities of the system we use Lyapunov-Schmidt reduc-tion (Golubitsky et al 1988) and Poincar Acirce-Lindstedt perturbation theory(Walgraef 1997) to reduce the dynamics to a set of nonlinear equations forthe amplitudes cn in equation 24 Euclidean symmetry restricts the struc-ture of the amplitude equations to the form (on rhombic and square lat-tices)

ddt

cn D cn[(m iexcl m 0) iexcl c 0 |cn |2 iexcl 22X

m 6Dnc nm |cm |2] (31)

where c nm depends on Dw the angle between the two eigenvectors of thelattice We nd that all rhombic planforms with 30plusmn middot Dw middot 60plusmn are stableSimilar equations obtain for hexagonal lattices In general all such plan-forms on rhombic and hexagonal lattices are stable (in appropriate param-eter regimes) with respect to perturbations with the same lattice structureHowever square planforms on square lattices are unstable and give way tosimple roll planforms comprising one eigenfunction

484 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 5 V1 Planforms corresponding to some axial subgroups (a b) Rolland hexagonal patterns generated in V1 when it is in the Hubel-Wiesel operat-ing mode (c d) Honeycomb and square patterns generated when V1 is in thecoupled-ring operating mode

31 Form Constants as Stable Planforms Figure 5 shows some of the(mostly) stable planforms dened above in V1 coordinates and Figure 6in visual eld coordinates generated by plotting at each point r a con-tour element at the orientation w most strongly signaled at that pointmdashthatpointthat is for which a(r w ) is largest

These planforms are either contoured or noncontoured and correspondclosely to Kluverrsquos form constants In what we call the Hubel-Wiesel modeinteractions between iso-orientation patches in a single hypercolumn areweak and purely excitatory so individual hypercolumns do not amplify anyparticular orientation However if the long-range interactions are stronger

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 485

Figure 6 The same planforms as shown in Figure 5 drawn in visual eld coor-dinates Note however that the feathering around the edges of the bright blobsin b is a fortuitous numerical artifact

and effectively inhibitory then plane waves of cortical activity can emergewith no label for orientation preference The resulting planforms are callednoncontoured and correspond to the types I and II form constants as orig-inally proposed by Ermentrout and Cowan (1979) On the other hand ifcoupled-ring-mode interactions between neighboring iso-orientationpatches are strong enough so that even weakly biased activity can trigger asharply tuned response under the combined action of many interacting hy-percolumns plane waves labeled for orientation preference can emerge Theresulting planforms correspond to types III and IV form constants Theseresults suggest that the circuits in V1 that are normally involved in the de-tection of oriented edges and the formation of contours are also responsible

486 P C Bressloff et al

for the generation of the form constants Since 20 of the (excitatory) lateralconnections in layers 2 and 3 of V1 end on inhibitory interneurons (Hirschamp Gilbert 1991) the overall action of the lateral connections can become in-hibitory especially at high levels of activity The mathematical consequenceof this inhibition is the selection of odd planforms that do not form continu-ous contours We have shown that even planforms that do form continuouscontours can be selected when the overall action of the lateral connection isinhibitory if the model assumes deviation away from the visuotopic axis byat least 45 degrees in the pattern of lateral connections (Bressloff et al 2001)(as opposed to our rst model in which connections between iso-orientationpatches are oriented along the visuotopic axis)

This might seem paradoxical given observations suggesting that thereare at least two circuits in V1 one dealing with contrast edges in whichthe relevant lateral connections have the anisotropy found by Bosking et al(1997) and others that might be involved with the processing of texturessurfaces and color contrast which seem to have a much more isotropic lat-eral connectivity (Livingstone amp Hubel 1984) However there are severalintriguing possibilities that make the analysis more plausible The rst canoccur in case V1 operates in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) In such an op-erating mode if the lateral interactions are not as weak as we have assumedin our analysis then even contoured planforms can form The second re-lated possibility can occur if at low levels of activity V1 operates initiallyin the Hubel-Wiesel mode and the lateral and long-range interactions areall excitatory (pc D qc D 0) so that a bulk instability occurs if the homo-geneous state becomes unstable which can be followed by the emergenceof patterned noncontoured planforms at the critical wavelength of about267 mm when the level of activity rises and the longer-ranged inhibitionis activated (pc D 0 qc 6D 0) until V1 operates in the coupled-ring modewhen the short-range inhibition is also activated (pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0) In sucha case even planforms can be selected by the anistropic connectivity sincethe degeneracy has already been broken by the noncontoured planformsA third possibility is related to an important gap in our current modelwe have not properly incorporated the observation that the distributionof orientation preferences in V1 is not spatially homogeneous In fact thewell-known orientation ldquopinwheelrdquo singularities originally found by Blas-del and Salama (1986) turn out to be regions in which the scatter or rateof change |Dw Dr| of differing orientation preference labels is highmdashabout20 degreesmdashwhereas in linear regions it is only about 10 degrees (Mal-donado amp Gray 1996) Such a difference leads to a second model circuit(centered on the orientation pinwheels) with a lateral patchy connectivitythat is effectively isotropic (Yan Dimitrov amp Cowan 2001) and thereforeconsistent with observations of the connectivity of pinwheel regions (Liv-ingstone amp Hubel 1984) In such a case even planforms are selected in thecoupled-ring mode Types I and II noncontoured form constants could alsoarise from a ldquolling-inrdquo process similar to that embodied in the retinex algo-

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 487

Figure 7 (a) Lattice tunnel hallucination seen following the taking of marijuana(redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) with the permission of Alan D Iselin(b) Simulation of the lattice tunnel generated by an even hexagonal roll patternon a square lattice

rithm of Land and McCann (1971) following the generation of types III or IVform constants in the coupled-ring mode The model allows for oscillatingor propagating waves as well as stationary patterns to arise from a bulkinstability Such waves are in fact observed many subjects who have takenLSD and similar hallucinogens report seeing bright white light at the centerof the visual eld which then ldquoexplodesrdquo into a hallucinatory image (Siegel1977) in at most 3 seconds corresponding to a propagation velocity in V1 ofabout 25 cm per second suggestive of slowly moving epileptiform activity(Senseman 1999) In this respect it is worth noting that in the continuumapproximation we use in this study both planforms arising when the long-range interactions are purely excitatory correspond to the perception of auniform bright white light

Finally it should be emphasized that many variants of the Kluver formconstants have been described some of which cannot be understood interms of the model we have introduced For example the lattice tunnelshown in Figure 7a is more complicated than any of the simple form con-stants shown earlier One intriguing possibility is that this image is gener-ated as a result of a mismatch between the corresponding planform andthe underlying structure of V1 We have (implicitly) assumed that V1 haspatchy connections that endow it with lattice properties It is clear fromthe optical image data (Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking et al 1997) thatthe cortical lattice is somewhat disordered Thus one might expect somedistortions to occur when planforms are spontaneously generated in such

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 2: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

474 P C Bressloff et al

nectivity between hypercolumns exhibits symmetries rendering it in-variant under the action of the Euclidean group E(2) composed of re-ections and translations in the plane and a (novel) shift-twist actionUsing this symmetry we show that the various patterns of activity thatspontaneously emerge when V1rsquos spatially uniform resting state becomesunstable correspond to the form constants when transformed to the vi-sual eld using the retino-cortical map The results are sensitive to thedetailed specication of the lateral connectivity and suggest that thecortical mechanisms that generate geometric visual hallucinations areclosely related to those used to process edges contours surfaces andtextures

1 Introduction

Seeing vivid visual hallucinations is an experience described in almost allhuman cultures Painted hallucinatory images are found in prehistoric caves(Clottes amp Lewis-Williams 1998) and scratched on petroglyphs (Patterson1992) Hallucinatory images are seen both when falling asleep (Dybowski1939) and on waking up (Mavromatis 1987) following sensory depriva-tion (Zubek 1969) after taking ketamine and related anesthetics (Collier1972) after seeing bright ickering light (Purkinje 1918 Helmholtz 1925Smythies 1960) or on applying deep binocular pressure on the eyeballs(Tyler 1978) in ldquonear-deathrdquo experiences (Blackmore 1992) and most strik-ing shortly after taking hallucinogens containing ingredients such as LSDcannabis mescaline or psilocybin (Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) In most casesthe images are seen in both eyes and move with them but maintain theirrelative positions in the visual eld We interpret this to mean that they aregenerated in the brain One possible location for their origin is provided byfMRI studies of visual imagery suggesting that V1 is activated when humansubjects are instructed to inspect the ne details of an imagined visual object(Miyashita 1995) In 1928 Kluver (1966) organized such images into fourgroups called form constants (I) tunnels and funnels (II) spirals (III) lat-tices including honeycombs and triangles and (IV) cobwebs all of whichcontain repeated geometric structures Figure 1 shows their appearance inthe visual eld Ermentrout and Cowan (1979) provided a rst account ofa theory of the generation of such form constants Here we develop andelaborate this theory in the light of the anatomical and physiological datathat have accumulated since then

11 Form Constants and the RetinondashCortical Map Assuming that formconstants are generated in part in V1 the rst step in constructing a theoryof their origin is to compute their appearance in V1 coordinates This isdone using the topographic map between the visual eld and V1 It is wellestablished that the central region of the visual eld has a much biggerrepresentation in V1 than does the peripheral eld (Drasdo 1977 Sereno

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 475

Figure 1 Hallucinatory form constants (I) Funnel and (II) spiral images seenfollowing ingestion of LSD (redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik1975) (III) honeycombgenerated by marijuana (redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) and (IV) cobwebpetroglyph (redrawn from Patterson 1992)

et al 1995) Such a nonuniform retino-cortical magnication is generatedby the nonuniform packing density of ganglion cells in the retina whoseaxons in the optic nerve target neurons in the lateral geniculate nucleus(LGN) and (subsequently) in V1 that are much more uniformly packedLet rR D frR hRg be the (polar) coordinates of a point in the visual eld andr D fx yg its corresponding V1 coordinates Given a retinal ganglion cell

476 P C Bressloff et al

packing density rR (cells per unit retinal area) approximated by the inversesquare law

rR D1

(w0 C 2 rR)2

(Drasdo 1977) and a uniform V1 packing density r we derive a coordi-nate transformation (Cowan 1977) that reduces sufciently far away fromthe fovea (when rR Agrave w0 2 ) to a scaled version of the complex logarithm(Schwartz 1977)

x Da

2ln

micro2

w0rR

para y D

bhR

2 (11)

where w0 and 2 are constants Estimates of w0 D 0087 and 2 D 0051 inappropriate units can be obtained from Drasdorsquos data on the human retinaand a and b are constants These values correspond to a magnication fac-tor of 115 mmdegrees of visual angle at the fovea and 575 mmdegreesof visual angle at rR D w0 2 D 17 degrees of visual angle We can alsocompute how the complex logarithm maps local edges or contours in thevisual eld that is its tangent map Let wR be the orientation preference ofa neuron in V1 whose receptive eld is centered at the point rR in the visualeld and let fr w g be the V1 image of frR wRg It can be shown (Wiener1994 Cowan 1997 Bressloff Cowan Golubitsky Thomas amp Wiener 2001)that under the tangent map of the complex logarithm w D wR iexcl hR Giventhe retino-cortical map frR wRg fr w g we can compute the form of loga-rithmic spirals circles and rays and their local tangents in V1 coordinatesThe equation for spirals can be written as hR D a ln[rR exp(iexclb)] C c whencey iexcl c D a(x iexcl b) under the action rR r Thus logarithmic spirals be-come oblique lines of constant slope a in V1 Circles and rays correspond tovertical (a D 1) and horizontal (a D 0) lines Since the slopes of the localtangents to logarithmic spirals are given by the equation tan(wR iexcl hR) D aand therefore in V1 coordinates by tan w D a the local tangents in V1 lieparallel to the images of logarithmic spirals It follows that types I and IIform constants corresponding to stripes of neural activity at various anglesin V1 and types III and IV to spatially periodic patterns of local tangentsin V1 as shown in Figure 2 On the average about 30 to 36 stripes andabout 60 to 72 contours are perceived in the visual eld corresponding toa wavelength of about 24 to 32 mm in human V1 This is comparable toestimates of about twice V1 hypercolumn spacing (Hubel amp Wiesel 1974)derived from the responses of human subjects to perceived grating patterns(Tyler 1982) and from direct anatomical measurements of human V1 (Hor-ton amp Hedley-Whyte 1984) All of these facts and calculations reinforce thesuggestion that the form constants are located in V1 It might be argued thatsince hallucinatory images are seen as continuous across the midline theymust be located at higher levels in the visual pathway than V1 However

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 477

Figure 2 (a) Retino-cortical transform Logarithmic spirals in the visual eldmap to straight lines in V1 (b c) The action of the map on the outlines of funneland spiral form constants

there is evidence that callosal connections along the V1V2 border can actto maintain continuity of the images across the vertical meridian (Hubel ampWiesel 1962) Thus if hallucinatory images are generated in both halves ofV1 as long as the callosal connections operate such images will be contin-uous across the midline

478 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 3 Outline of the architecture of V1 represented by equation 12 Localconnections between iso-orientation patches within a hypercolumn are assumedto be isotropic Lateral connections between iso-orientation patches in differenthypercolumns are assumed to be anisotropic

12 Symmetries of V1 Intrinsic Circuitry In recent years data concern-ing the functional organization and circuitry of V1 have accrued from mi-croelectrode studies (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983) labeling and optical imaging(Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking Zhang Schoeld amp Fitzpatrick 1997)Perhaps the most striking result is Blasdel and Salamarsquos (1986) demonstra-tion of the large-scale organization of iso-orientation patches in primatesWe can conclude that approximately every 07 mm or so in V1 (in macaque)there is an iso-orientation patch of a given preference w and that each hyper-column has a full complement of such patches with preferences runningfrom w to w C p The other striking result concerns the intrinsic horizon-tal connections in layers 2 3 and (to some extent) 5 of V1 The axons ofthese connections make terminal arbors only every 07 mm or so alongtheir tracks (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983) and connect mainly to cells with sim-ilar orientation preferences (Bosking et al 1997) In addition there is apronounced anisotropy to the pattern of such connections differing iso-orientation patches preferentially connect to patches in neighboring hyper-columns in such a way as to form continuous contours under the action ofthe retino-cortical map described above (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983 Bosking etal 1997) This contrasts with the pattern of connectivity within any one hy-percolumn which is much more isotropic any given iso-orientation patchconnects locally in all directions to all neighboring patches within a radiusof less than 07 mm (Blasdel amp Salama 1986) Figure 3 shows a diagram ofsuch connection patterns

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 479

Since each location in the visual eld is represented in V1 roughly speak-ing by a hypercolumn-sized region containing all orientations we treat rand w as independent variables so that all possible orientation preferencesexist at each corresponding position rR in the visual eld This continuumapproximation allows a mathematically tractable treatment of V1 as a lat-tice of hypercolumns Because the actual hypercolumn spacing (Hubel ampWiesel 1974) is about half the effective cortical wavelength of many of theimages we wish to study care must be taken in interpreting cortical activ-ity patterns as visual percepts In addition it is possible that lattice effectscould introduce deviations from the continuum model Within the contin-uum framework let w (r w | r0 w 0 ) be the strength or weight of connectionsfrom the iso-orientation patch at fx0 y0g D r0 in V1 with orientation pref-erence w 0 to the patch at fx yg D r with preference w We decompose w interms of local connections from elements within the same hypercolumn andpatchy lateral connections from elements in other hypercolumns that is

w(r w | r0 w 0 ) D wLOC (w iexcl w 0 )d (r iexcl r0 )

C bwLAT (s)d (r iexcl r0 iexcl sew )d (w iexcl w 0 ) (12)

where d (cent) is the Dirac delta function ew is a unit vector in the wndashdirectionb is a parameter that measures the weight of lateral relative to local con-nections and wLAT (s) is the weight of lateral connections between iso-orientation patches separated by a cortical distance s along a visuotopicaxis parallel to their orientation preference The fact that the lateral weightdepends ona rotated vector expresses its anisotropy Observations by Hirschand Gilbert (1991) suggest that b is small and therefore that the lateral con-nections modulate rather than drive V1 activity It can be shown (Wiener1994 Cowan 1997 Bressloff et al 2001) that the weighting function denedin equation 12 has a well-dened symmetry it is invariant with respect tocertain operations in the plane of V1ndashtranslations fr w g fr C u wg reec-tions fx y wg fx iexcly iexclw g anda rotation dened as fr w g fRh [r] w Ch gwhere Rh [r] is the vector r rotated by the angle h This form of the rotationoperation follows from the anisotropy of the lateral weighting function andcomprises a translation or shift of the orientation preference label w to w Ch together with a rotation or twist of the position vector r by the angle h Sucha shift-twist operation (Zweck amp Williams 2001) provides a novel way togenerate the Euclidean group E(2) of rigid motions in the plane The factthat the weighting function is invariant with respect to this form of E(2) hasimportant consequences for any model of the dynamics of V1 In particularthe equivariant branching lemma (Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) guaranteesthat when the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 becomes unstable new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of E(2) can arise These new stateswill be linear combinations of patterns we call planforms

480 P C Bressloff et al

2 A Model of the Dynamics of V1

Let a(r w t) be the average membrane potential or activity in an iso-orienta-tion patch at the point r with orientation preference w The activity variablea(r w t) evolves according to a generalization of the Wilson-Cowan equa-tions (Wilson amp Cowan 1973) that incorporates an additional degree offreedom to represent orientation preference and the continuum limit of theweighting function dened in equation 12

a(r w t)t

D iexclaa(r w t) Cm

p

Z p

0wLOC (w iexcl w 0 )s[a(r w 0 t)]dw 0

C ordm

Z 1

iexcl1wLAT (s)s[a(r C sew w t)] ds (21)

where a m and ordm D mb are respectively time and coupling constantsand s[a] is a smooth sigmoidal function of the activity a It remains only tospecify the form of the functions wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) In the single pop-ulation model considered here we do not distinguish between excitatoryand inhibitory neurons and therefore assume both wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) tobe ldquoMexican hatsrdquo of the generic form

siexcl11 exp(iexclx22s2

1 ) iexcl siexcl12 exp(iexclx2 2s2

2 ) (22)

with Fourier transform

W (p) D exp(iexcls21 p2) iexcl exp(iexcls2

2 p2)

(s1 lt s2) such that iso-orientation patches at nearby locations mutually ex-cite if they have similar orientation preferences and inhibit otherwise andsimilar iso-orientation patches at locations at least r0 mm apart mutuallyinhibit In models that distinguish between excitatory and inhibitory pop-ulations it is possible to achieve similar results using inverted Mexican hatfunctions that incorporate short-range inhibition and long-range excitationSuch models may provide a better t to anatomical data (Levitt Lund ampYoshioka 1996)

An equation F[a] D 0 is said to be equivariant with respect to a symmetryoperatorc if it commutes with it that is ifc F[a] D F[c a] It follows from theEuclidean symmetry of the weighting function w(r w | r0 w 0 ) with respectto the shift-twist action that equation 21 is equivariant with respect to itThis has important implications for the dynamics of our model of V1 Leta(r w ) D 0 be a homogeneous stationary state of equation 21 that dependssmoothly on the coupling parameter m When no iso-orientation patchesare activated it is easy to show that a(r w ) D 0 is stable for all values of m

less than a critical value m 0 (Ermentrout 1998) However the parameter m

can reach m 0 if for example the excitability of V1 is increased by the ac-tion of hallucinogens on brain stem nuclei such as the locus ceruleus or the

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 481

raphe nucleus which secrete the monoamines serotonin and noradrenalinIn such a case the homogeneous stationary state a(r w ) D 0 becomes un-stable If m remains close to m 0 then new stationary states develop thatare approximated by (nite) linear combinations of the eigenfunctions ofthe linearized version of equation 21 The equivariant branching lemma(Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) then guarantees the existence of new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of the Euclidean group E(2) Thismechanism by which dynamical systems with Mexican hat interactions cangenerate spatially periodic patterns that displace a homogeneous equilib-rium was rst introduced by Turing (1952) in his article on the chemicalbasis of morphogenesis

21 Eigenfunctions of V1 Computing the eigenvalues and associatedeigenfunctions of the linearized version of equation 21 is nontrivial largelybecause of the presence of the anisotropic lateral connections Howevergiven that lateral effects are only modulatory so that b iquest 1 degenerateRayleigh-Schrodinger perturbation theory can be used to compute them(Bressloff et al 2001) The results can be summarized as follows Let s1 bethe slope of s[a] at the stationary equilibrium a D 0 Then to lowest orderin b the eigenvalues lsect are

lsect (p q) D iexcla C m s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) sect WLAT (2p q)g] (23)

where WLOC (p) is the pth Fourier mode of wLOC (w ) and

WLAT (p q) D (iexcl1)pZ 1

0wLAT (s)J2p (qs) ds

is the Fourier transform of the lateral weight distribution with J2p (x) theBessel function of x of integer order 2p To these eigenvalues belong theassociated eigenfunctions

ordmsect (r w ) D cn usect (w iexcl wn) exp[ikn cent r]

C ccurrenn usectcurren (w iexcl wn) exp[iexclikn cent r] (24)

where kn D fq cos wn q sin wng and (to lowest order in b) usect (w ) D cos 2pw

or sin 2pw and the curren operator is complex conjugation These functions willbe recognized as plane waves modulated by even or odd phase-shifted p ndashperiodic functions cos[2p(w iexcl wn)] or sin[2p(w iexcl wn)] The relation betweenthe eigenvalues lsect and the wave numbers p and q given in equation 23 iscalled a dispersion relation In case lsect D 0 at m D m 0 equation 23 can berewritten as

m c Da

s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) C WLAT (2p q)g] (25)

482 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 4 Dispersion curves showing the marginal stability of the homogeneousmode of V1 Solid lines correspond to odd eigenfunctions dashed lines to evenones If V1 is in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) eigenfunctions in the form ofunmodulated plane waves or roll patterns can appear rst at the wave numbers(a) qc D 0 and (b) qc D 1 If V1 is in the coupledndashring mode (pc D 1) oddmodulated eigenfunctions can form rst at the wave numbers (c) qc D 0 and(d) qc D 1

and gives rise to themarginal stability curves plotted inFigure 4 Examinationof these curves indicates that the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 can lose itsstability in four differing ways as shown in Table 1

Table 1 Instabilities of V1

Wave Local LateralNumbers Interactions Interactions Eigenfunction

pc D qc D 0 Excitatory Excitatory cn

pc D 0 qc 6D 0 Excitatory Mexican hat cn cos[kn cent r]pc 6D 0 qc D 0 Mexican hat Excitatory cnusect (w iexcl wn ) C ccurren

nusectcurren (w iexcl wn )

pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0 Mexican hat Mexican hat cnusect (w iexcl wn ) cos[kn cent r]

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 483

We call responses with pc D 0 (rows 1 and 2) the Hubel-Wiesel mode of V1operation In such a mode any orientation tuning must be extrinsic to V1generated for example by local anisotropies of the geniculo-cortical map(Hubel amp Wiesel 1962) We call responses with pc 6D 0 (rows 3 and 4) thecoupled ring mode of V1 operation (Somers Nelson amp Sur 1996 Hansel ampSompolinsky 1997 Mundel Dimitrov amp Cowan 1997) In both cases themodel reduces to a system of coupled hypercolumns each modeled as a ringof interacting iso-orientation patches with local excitation and inhibitionEven if the lateral interactions are weak (b iquest 1) the orientation preferencesbecome spatially organized in a pattern given by some combination of theeigenfunctions ordmsect (r w )

3 Planforms and V1

It remains to compute the actual patterns of V1 activity that develop whenthe uniform state loses stability These patterns will be linear combina-tions of the eigenfunctions described above which we call planforms Tocompute them we nd those planforms that are left invariant by the ax-ial subgroups of E(2) under the shift-twist action An axial subgroup is arestricted set of the symmetry operators of a group whose action leaves in-variant a one-dimensional vector subspace containing essentially one plan-form We limit these planforms to regular tilings of the plane (Golubit-sky Stewart amp Schaeffer 1988) by restricting our computation to doublyperiodic planforms Given such a restriction there are only a nite num-ber of shift-twists to consider (modulo an arbitrary rotation of the wholeplane) and the axial subgroups and their planforms have either rhombicsquare or hexagonal symmetry To determine which planforms are stabi-lized by the nonlinearities of the system we use Lyapunov-Schmidt reduc-tion (Golubitsky et al 1988) and Poincar Acirce-Lindstedt perturbation theory(Walgraef 1997) to reduce the dynamics to a set of nonlinear equations forthe amplitudes cn in equation 24 Euclidean symmetry restricts the struc-ture of the amplitude equations to the form (on rhombic and square lat-tices)

ddt

cn D cn[(m iexcl m 0) iexcl c 0 |cn |2 iexcl 22X

m 6Dnc nm |cm |2] (31)

where c nm depends on Dw the angle between the two eigenvectors of thelattice We nd that all rhombic planforms with 30plusmn middot Dw middot 60plusmn are stableSimilar equations obtain for hexagonal lattices In general all such plan-forms on rhombic and hexagonal lattices are stable (in appropriate param-eter regimes) with respect to perturbations with the same lattice structureHowever square planforms on square lattices are unstable and give way tosimple roll planforms comprising one eigenfunction

484 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 5 V1 Planforms corresponding to some axial subgroups (a b) Rolland hexagonal patterns generated in V1 when it is in the Hubel-Wiesel operat-ing mode (c d) Honeycomb and square patterns generated when V1 is in thecoupled-ring operating mode

31 Form Constants as Stable Planforms Figure 5 shows some of the(mostly) stable planforms dened above in V1 coordinates and Figure 6in visual eld coordinates generated by plotting at each point r a con-tour element at the orientation w most strongly signaled at that pointmdashthatpointthat is for which a(r w ) is largest

These planforms are either contoured or noncontoured and correspondclosely to Kluverrsquos form constants In what we call the Hubel-Wiesel modeinteractions between iso-orientation patches in a single hypercolumn areweak and purely excitatory so individual hypercolumns do not amplify anyparticular orientation However if the long-range interactions are stronger

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 485

Figure 6 The same planforms as shown in Figure 5 drawn in visual eld coor-dinates Note however that the feathering around the edges of the bright blobsin b is a fortuitous numerical artifact

and effectively inhibitory then plane waves of cortical activity can emergewith no label for orientation preference The resulting planforms are callednoncontoured and correspond to the types I and II form constants as orig-inally proposed by Ermentrout and Cowan (1979) On the other hand ifcoupled-ring-mode interactions between neighboring iso-orientationpatches are strong enough so that even weakly biased activity can trigger asharply tuned response under the combined action of many interacting hy-percolumns plane waves labeled for orientation preference can emerge Theresulting planforms correspond to types III and IV form constants Theseresults suggest that the circuits in V1 that are normally involved in the de-tection of oriented edges and the formation of contours are also responsible

486 P C Bressloff et al

for the generation of the form constants Since 20 of the (excitatory) lateralconnections in layers 2 and 3 of V1 end on inhibitory interneurons (Hirschamp Gilbert 1991) the overall action of the lateral connections can become in-hibitory especially at high levels of activity The mathematical consequenceof this inhibition is the selection of odd planforms that do not form continu-ous contours We have shown that even planforms that do form continuouscontours can be selected when the overall action of the lateral connection isinhibitory if the model assumes deviation away from the visuotopic axis byat least 45 degrees in the pattern of lateral connections (Bressloff et al 2001)(as opposed to our rst model in which connections between iso-orientationpatches are oriented along the visuotopic axis)

This might seem paradoxical given observations suggesting that thereare at least two circuits in V1 one dealing with contrast edges in whichthe relevant lateral connections have the anisotropy found by Bosking et al(1997) and others that might be involved with the processing of texturessurfaces and color contrast which seem to have a much more isotropic lat-eral connectivity (Livingstone amp Hubel 1984) However there are severalintriguing possibilities that make the analysis more plausible The rst canoccur in case V1 operates in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) In such an op-erating mode if the lateral interactions are not as weak as we have assumedin our analysis then even contoured planforms can form The second re-lated possibility can occur if at low levels of activity V1 operates initiallyin the Hubel-Wiesel mode and the lateral and long-range interactions areall excitatory (pc D qc D 0) so that a bulk instability occurs if the homo-geneous state becomes unstable which can be followed by the emergenceof patterned noncontoured planforms at the critical wavelength of about267 mm when the level of activity rises and the longer-ranged inhibitionis activated (pc D 0 qc 6D 0) until V1 operates in the coupled-ring modewhen the short-range inhibition is also activated (pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0) In sucha case even planforms can be selected by the anistropic connectivity sincethe degeneracy has already been broken by the noncontoured planformsA third possibility is related to an important gap in our current modelwe have not properly incorporated the observation that the distributionof orientation preferences in V1 is not spatially homogeneous In fact thewell-known orientation ldquopinwheelrdquo singularities originally found by Blas-del and Salama (1986) turn out to be regions in which the scatter or rateof change |Dw Dr| of differing orientation preference labels is highmdashabout20 degreesmdashwhereas in linear regions it is only about 10 degrees (Mal-donado amp Gray 1996) Such a difference leads to a second model circuit(centered on the orientation pinwheels) with a lateral patchy connectivitythat is effectively isotropic (Yan Dimitrov amp Cowan 2001) and thereforeconsistent with observations of the connectivity of pinwheel regions (Liv-ingstone amp Hubel 1984) In such a case even planforms are selected in thecoupled-ring mode Types I and II noncontoured form constants could alsoarise from a ldquolling-inrdquo process similar to that embodied in the retinex algo-

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 487

Figure 7 (a) Lattice tunnel hallucination seen following the taking of marijuana(redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) with the permission of Alan D Iselin(b) Simulation of the lattice tunnel generated by an even hexagonal roll patternon a square lattice

rithm of Land and McCann (1971) following the generation of types III or IVform constants in the coupled-ring mode The model allows for oscillatingor propagating waves as well as stationary patterns to arise from a bulkinstability Such waves are in fact observed many subjects who have takenLSD and similar hallucinogens report seeing bright white light at the centerof the visual eld which then ldquoexplodesrdquo into a hallucinatory image (Siegel1977) in at most 3 seconds corresponding to a propagation velocity in V1 ofabout 25 cm per second suggestive of slowly moving epileptiform activity(Senseman 1999) In this respect it is worth noting that in the continuumapproximation we use in this study both planforms arising when the long-range interactions are purely excitatory correspond to the perception of auniform bright white light

Finally it should be emphasized that many variants of the Kluver formconstants have been described some of which cannot be understood interms of the model we have introduced For example the lattice tunnelshown in Figure 7a is more complicated than any of the simple form con-stants shown earlier One intriguing possibility is that this image is gener-ated as a result of a mismatch between the corresponding planform andthe underlying structure of V1 We have (implicitly) assumed that V1 haspatchy connections that endow it with lattice properties It is clear fromthe optical image data (Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking et al 1997) thatthe cortical lattice is somewhat disordered Thus one might expect somedistortions to occur when planforms are spontaneously generated in such

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 3: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 475

Figure 1 Hallucinatory form constants (I) Funnel and (II) spiral images seenfollowing ingestion of LSD (redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik1975) (III) honeycombgenerated by marijuana (redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) and (IV) cobwebpetroglyph (redrawn from Patterson 1992)

et al 1995) Such a nonuniform retino-cortical magnication is generatedby the nonuniform packing density of ganglion cells in the retina whoseaxons in the optic nerve target neurons in the lateral geniculate nucleus(LGN) and (subsequently) in V1 that are much more uniformly packedLet rR D frR hRg be the (polar) coordinates of a point in the visual eld andr D fx yg its corresponding V1 coordinates Given a retinal ganglion cell

476 P C Bressloff et al

packing density rR (cells per unit retinal area) approximated by the inversesquare law

rR D1

(w0 C 2 rR)2

(Drasdo 1977) and a uniform V1 packing density r we derive a coordi-nate transformation (Cowan 1977) that reduces sufciently far away fromthe fovea (when rR Agrave w0 2 ) to a scaled version of the complex logarithm(Schwartz 1977)

x Da

2ln

micro2

w0rR

para y D

bhR

2 (11)

where w0 and 2 are constants Estimates of w0 D 0087 and 2 D 0051 inappropriate units can be obtained from Drasdorsquos data on the human retinaand a and b are constants These values correspond to a magnication fac-tor of 115 mmdegrees of visual angle at the fovea and 575 mmdegreesof visual angle at rR D w0 2 D 17 degrees of visual angle We can alsocompute how the complex logarithm maps local edges or contours in thevisual eld that is its tangent map Let wR be the orientation preference ofa neuron in V1 whose receptive eld is centered at the point rR in the visualeld and let fr w g be the V1 image of frR wRg It can be shown (Wiener1994 Cowan 1997 Bressloff Cowan Golubitsky Thomas amp Wiener 2001)that under the tangent map of the complex logarithm w D wR iexcl hR Giventhe retino-cortical map frR wRg fr w g we can compute the form of loga-rithmic spirals circles and rays and their local tangents in V1 coordinatesThe equation for spirals can be written as hR D a ln[rR exp(iexclb)] C c whencey iexcl c D a(x iexcl b) under the action rR r Thus logarithmic spirals be-come oblique lines of constant slope a in V1 Circles and rays correspond tovertical (a D 1) and horizontal (a D 0) lines Since the slopes of the localtangents to logarithmic spirals are given by the equation tan(wR iexcl hR) D aand therefore in V1 coordinates by tan w D a the local tangents in V1 lieparallel to the images of logarithmic spirals It follows that types I and IIform constants corresponding to stripes of neural activity at various anglesin V1 and types III and IV to spatially periodic patterns of local tangentsin V1 as shown in Figure 2 On the average about 30 to 36 stripes andabout 60 to 72 contours are perceived in the visual eld corresponding toa wavelength of about 24 to 32 mm in human V1 This is comparable toestimates of about twice V1 hypercolumn spacing (Hubel amp Wiesel 1974)derived from the responses of human subjects to perceived grating patterns(Tyler 1982) and from direct anatomical measurements of human V1 (Hor-ton amp Hedley-Whyte 1984) All of these facts and calculations reinforce thesuggestion that the form constants are located in V1 It might be argued thatsince hallucinatory images are seen as continuous across the midline theymust be located at higher levels in the visual pathway than V1 However

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 477

Figure 2 (a) Retino-cortical transform Logarithmic spirals in the visual eldmap to straight lines in V1 (b c) The action of the map on the outlines of funneland spiral form constants

there is evidence that callosal connections along the V1V2 border can actto maintain continuity of the images across the vertical meridian (Hubel ampWiesel 1962) Thus if hallucinatory images are generated in both halves ofV1 as long as the callosal connections operate such images will be contin-uous across the midline

478 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 3 Outline of the architecture of V1 represented by equation 12 Localconnections between iso-orientation patches within a hypercolumn are assumedto be isotropic Lateral connections between iso-orientation patches in differenthypercolumns are assumed to be anisotropic

12 Symmetries of V1 Intrinsic Circuitry In recent years data concern-ing the functional organization and circuitry of V1 have accrued from mi-croelectrode studies (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983) labeling and optical imaging(Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking Zhang Schoeld amp Fitzpatrick 1997)Perhaps the most striking result is Blasdel and Salamarsquos (1986) demonstra-tion of the large-scale organization of iso-orientation patches in primatesWe can conclude that approximately every 07 mm or so in V1 (in macaque)there is an iso-orientation patch of a given preference w and that each hyper-column has a full complement of such patches with preferences runningfrom w to w C p The other striking result concerns the intrinsic horizon-tal connections in layers 2 3 and (to some extent) 5 of V1 The axons ofthese connections make terminal arbors only every 07 mm or so alongtheir tracks (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983) and connect mainly to cells with sim-ilar orientation preferences (Bosking et al 1997) In addition there is apronounced anisotropy to the pattern of such connections differing iso-orientation patches preferentially connect to patches in neighboring hyper-columns in such a way as to form continuous contours under the action ofthe retino-cortical map described above (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983 Bosking etal 1997) This contrasts with the pattern of connectivity within any one hy-percolumn which is much more isotropic any given iso-orientation patchconnects locally in all directions to all neighboring patches within a radiusof less than 07 mm (Blasdel amp Salama 1986) Figure 3 shows a diagram ofsuch connection patterns

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 479

Since each location in the visual eld is represented in V1 roughly speak-ing by a hypercolumn-sized region containing all orientations we treat rand w as independent variables so that all possible orientation preferencesexist at each corresponding position rR in the visual eld This continuumapproximation allows a mathematically tractable treatment of V1 as a lat-tice of hypercolumns Because the actual hypercolumn spacing (Hubel ampWiesel 1974) is about half the effective cortical wavelength of many of theimages we wish to study care must be taken in interpreting cortical activ-ity patterns as visual percepts In addition it is possible that lattice effectscould introduce deviations from the continuum model Within the contin-uum framework let w (r w | r0 w 0 ) be the strength or weight of connectionsfrom the iso-orientation patch at fx0 y0g D r0 in V1 with orientation pref-erence w 0 to the patch at fx yg D r with preference w We decompose w interms of local connections from elements within the same hypercolumn andpatchy lateral connections from elements in other hypercolumns that is

w(r w | r0 w 0 ) D wLOC (w iexcl w 0 )d (r iexcl r0 )

C bwLAT (s)d (r iexcl r0 iexcl sew )d (w iexcl w 0 ) (12)

where d (cent) is the Dirac delta function ew is a unit vector in the wndashdirectionb is a parameter that measures the weight of lateral relative to local con-nections and wLAT (s) is the weight of lateral connections between iso-orientation patches separated by a cortical distance s along a visuotopicaxis parallel to their orientation preference The fact that the lateral weightdepends ona rotated vector expresses its anisotropy Observations by Hirschand Gilbert (1991) suggest that b is small and therefore that the lateral con-nections modulate rather than drive V1 activity It can be shown (Wiener1994 Cowan 1997 Bressloff et al 2001) that the weighting function denedin equation 12 has a well-dened symmetry it is invariant with respect tocertain operations in the plane of V1ndashtranslations fr w g fr C u wg reec-tions fx y wg fx iexcly iexclw g anda rotation dened as fr w g fRh [r] w Ch gwhere Rh [r] is the vector r rotated by the angle h This form of the rotationoperation follows from the anisotropy of the lateral weighting function andcomprises a translation or shift of the orientation preference label w to w Ch together with a rotation or twist of the position vector r by the angle h Sucha shift-twist operation (Zweck amp Williams 2001) provides a novel way togenerate the Euclidean group E(2) of rigid motions in the plane The factthat the weighting function is invariant with respect to this form of E(2) hasimportant consequences for any model of the dynamics of V1 In particularthe equivariant branching lemma (Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) guaranteesthat when the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 becomes unstable new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of E(2) can arise These new stateswill be linear combinations of patterns we call planforms

480 P C Bressloff et al

2 A Model of the Dynamics of V1

Let a(r w t) be the average membrane potential or activity in an iso-orienta-tion patch at the point r with orientation preference w The activity variablea(r w t) evolves according to a generalization of the Wilson-Cowan equa-tions (Wilson amp Cowan 1973) that incorporates an additional degree offreedom to represent orientation preference and the continuum limit of theweighting function dened in equation 12

a(r w t)t

D iexclaa(r w t) Cm

p

Z p

0wLOC (w iexcl w 0 )s[a(r w 0 t)]dw 0

C ordm

Z 1

iexcl1wLAT (s)s[a(r C sew w t)] ds (21)

where a m and ordm D mb are respectively time and coupling constantsand s[a] is a smooth sigmoidal function of the activity a It remains only tospecify the form of the functions wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) In the single pop-ulation model considered here we do not distinguish between excitatoryand inhibitory neurons and therefore assume both wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) tobe ldquoMexican hatsrdquo of the generic form

siexcl11 exp(iexclx22s2

1 ) iexcl siexcl12 exp(iexclx2 2s2

2 ) (22)

with Fourier transform

W (p) D exp(iexcls21 p2) iexcl exp(iexcls2

2 p2)

(s1 lt s2) such that iso-orientation patches at nearby locations mutually ex-cite if they have similar orientation preferences and inhibit otherwise andsimilar iso-orientation patches at locations at least r0 mm apart mutuallyinhibit In models that distinguish between excitatory and inhibitory pop-ulations it is possible to achieve similar results using inverted Mexican hatfunctions that incorporate short-range inhibition and long-range excitationSuch models may provide a better t to anatomical data (Levitt Lund ampYoshioka 1996)

An equation F[a] D 0 is said to be equivariant with respect to a symmetryoperatorc if it commutes with it that is ifc F[a] D F[c a] It follows from theEuclidean symmetry of the weighting function w(r w | r0 w 0 ) with respectto the shift-twist action that equation 21 is equivariant with respect to itThis has important implications for the dynamics of our model of V1 Leta(r w ) D 0 be a homogeneous stationary state of equation 21 that dependssmoothly on the coupling parameter m When no iso-orientation patchesare activated it is easy to show that a(r w ) D 0 is stable for all values of m

less than a critical value m 0 (Ermentrout 1998) However the parameter m

can reach m 0 if for example the excitability of V1 is increased by the ac-tion of hallucinogens on brain stem nuclei such as the locus ceruleus or the

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 481

raphe nucleus which secrete the monoamines serotonin and noradrenalinIn such a case the homogeneous stationary state a(r w ) D 0 becomes un-stable If m remains close to m 0 then new stationary states develop thatare approximated by (nite) linear combinations of the eigenfunctions ofthe linearized version of equation 21 The equivariant branching lemma(Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) then guarantees the existence of new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of the Euclidean group E(2) Thismechanism by which dynamical systems with Mexican hat interactions cangenerate spatially periodic patterns that displace a homogeneous equilib-rium was rst introduced by Turing (1952) in his article on the chemicalbasis of morphogenesis

21 Eigenfunctions of V1 Computing the eigenvalues and associatedeigenfunctions of the linearized version of equation 21 is nontrivial largelybecause of the presence of the anisotropic lateral connections Howevergiven that lateral effects are only modulatory so that b iquest 1 degenerateRayleigh-Schrodinger perturbation theory can be used to compute them(Bressloff et al 2001) The results can be summarized as follows Let s1 bethe slope of s[a] at the stationary equilibrium a D 0 Then to lowest orderin b the eigenvalues lsect are

lsect (p q) D iexcla C m s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) sect WLAT (2p q)g] (23)

where WLOC (p) is the pth Fourier mode of wLOC (w ) and

WLAT (p q) D (iexcl1)pZ 1

0wLAT (s)J2p (qs) ds

is the Fourier transform of the lateral weight distribution with J2p (x) theBessel function of x of integer order 2p To these eigenvalues belong theassociated eigenfunctions

ordmsect (r w ) D cn usect (w iexcl wn) exp[ikn cent r]

C ccurrenn usectcurren (w iexcl wn) exp[iexclikn cent r] (24)

where kn D fq cos wn q sin wng and (to lowest order in b) usect (w ) D cos 2pw

or sin 2pw and the curren operator is complex conjugation These functions willbe recognized as plane waves modulated by even or odd phase-shifted p ndashperiodic functions cos[2p(w iexcl wn)] or sin[2p(w iexcl wn)] The relation betweenthe eigenvalues lsect and the wave numbers p and q given in equation 23 iscalled a dispersion relation In case lsect D 0 at m D m 0 equation 23 can berewritten as

m c Da

s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) C WLAT (2p q)g] (25)

482 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 4 Dispersion curves showing the marginal stability of the homogeneousmode of V1 Solid lines correspond to odd eigenfunctions dashed lines to evenones If V1 is in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) eigenfunctions in the form ofunmodulated plane waves or roll patterns can appear rst at the wave numbers(a) qc D 0 and (b) qc D 1 If V1 is in the coupledndashring mode (pc D 1) oddmodulated eigenfunctions can form rst at the wave numbers (c) qc D 0 and(d) qc D 1

and gives rise to themarginal stability curves plotted inFigure 4 Examinationof these curves indicates that the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 can lose itsstability in four differing ways as shown in Table 1

Table 1 Instabilities of V1

Wave Local LateralNumbers Interactions Interactions Eigenfunction

pc D qc D 0 Excitatory Excitatory cn

pc D 0 qc 6D 0 Excitatory Mexican hat cn cos[kn cent r]pc 6D 0 qc D 0 Mexican hat Excitatory cnusect (w iexcl wn ) C ccurren

nusectcurren (w iexcl wn )

pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0 Mexican hat Mexican hat cnusect (w iexcl wn ) cos[kn cent r]

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 483

We call responses with pc D 0 (rows 1 and 2) the Hubel-Wiesel mode of V1operation In such a mode any orientation tuning must be extrinsic to V1generated for example by local anisotropies of the geniculo-cortical map(Hubel amp Wiesel 1962) We call responses with pc 6D 0 (rows 3 and 4) thecoupled ring mode of V1 operation (Somers Nelson amp Sur 1996 Hansel ampSompolinsky 1997 Mundel Dimitrov amp Cowan 1997) In both cases themodel reduces to a system of coupled hypercolumns each modeled as a ringof interacting iso-orientation patches with local excitation and inhibitionEven if the lateral interactions are weak (b iquest 1) the orientation preferencesbecome spatially organized in a pattern given by some combination of theeigenfunctions ordmsect (r w )

3 Planforms and V1

It remains to compute the actual patterns of V1 activity that develop whenthe uniform state loses stability These patterns will be linear combina-tions of the eigenfunctions described above which we call planforms Tocompute them we nd those planforms that are left invariant by the ax-ial subgroups of E(2) under the shift-twist action An axial subgroup is arestricted set of the symmetry operators of a group whose action leaves in-variant a one-dimensional vector subspace containing essentially one plan-form We limit these planforms to regular tilings of the plane (Golubit-sky Stewart amp Schaeffer 1988) by restricting our computation to doublyperiodic planforms Given such a restriction there are only a nite num-ber of shift-twists to consider (modulo an arbitrary rotation of the wholeplane) and the axial subgroups and their planforms have either rhombicsquare or hexagonal symmetry To determine which planforms are stabi-lized by the nonlinearities of the system we use Lyapunov-Schmidt reduc-tion (Golubitsky et al 1988) and Poincar Acirce-Lindstedt perturbation theory(Walgraef 1997) to reduce the dynamics to a set of nonlinear equations forthe amplitudes cn in equation 24 Euclidean symmetry restricts the struc-ture of the amplitude equations to the form (on rhombic and square lat-tices)

ddt

cn D cn[(m iexcl m 0) iexcl c 0 |cn |2 iexcl 22X

m 6Dnc nm |cm |2] (31)

where c nm depends on Dw the angle between the two eigenvectors of thelattice We nd that all rhombic planforms with 30plusmn middot Dw middot 60plusmn are stableSimilar equations obtain for hexagonal lattices In general all such plan-forms on rhombic and hexagonal lattices are stable (in appropriate param-eter regimes) with respect to perturbations with the same lattice structureHowever square planforms on square lattices are unstable and give way tosimple roll planforms comprising one eigenfunction

484 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 5 V1 Planforms corresponding to some axial subgroups (a b) Rolland hexagonal patterns generated in V1 when it is in the Hubel-Wiesel operat-ing mode (c d) Honeycomb and square patterns generated when V1 is in thecoupled-ring operating mode

31 Form Constants as Stable Planforms Figure 5 shows some of the(mostly) stable planforms dened above in V1 coordinates and Figure 6in visual eld coordinates generated by plotting at each point r a con-tour element at the orientation w most strongly signaled at that pointmdashthatpointthat is for which a(r w ) is largest

These planforms are either contoured or noncontoured and correspondclosely to Kluverrsquos form constants In what we call the Hubel-Wiesel modeinteractions between iso-orientation patches in a single hypercolumn areweak and purely excitatory so individual hypercolumns do not amplify anyparticular orientation However if the long-range interactions are stronger

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 485

Figure 6 The same planforms as shown in Figure 5 drawn in visual eld coor-dinates Note however that the feathering around the edges of the bright blobsin b is a fortuitous numerical artifact

and effectively inhibitory then plane waves of cortical activity can emergewith no label for orientation preference The resulting planforms are callednoncontoured and correspond to the types I and II form constants as orig-inally proposed by Ermentrout and Cowan (1979) On the other hand ifcoupled-ring-mode interactions between neighboring iso-orientationpatches are strong enough so that even weakly biased activity can trigger asharply tuned response under the combined action of many interacting hy-percolumns plane waves labeled for orientation preference can emerge Theresulting planforms correspond to types III and IV form constants Theseresults suggest that the circuits in V1 that are normally involved in the de-tection of oriented edges and the formation of contours are also responsible

486 P C Bressloff et al

for the generation of the form constants Since 20 of the (excitatory) lateralconnections in layers 2 and 3 of V1 end on inhibitory interneurons (Hirschamp Gilbert 1991) the overall action of the lateral connections can become in-hibitory especially at high levels of activity The mathematical consequenceof this inhibition is the selection of odd planforms that do not form continu-ous contours We have shown that even planforms that do form continuouscontours can be selected when the overall action of the lateral connection isinhibitory if the model assumes deviation away from the visuotopic axis byat least 45 degrees in the pattern of lateral connections (Bressloff et al 2001)(as opposed to our rst model in which connections between iso-orientationpatches are oriented along the visuotopic axis)

This might seem paradoxical given observations suggesting that thereare at least two circuits in V1 one dealing with contrast edges in whichthe relevant lateral connections have the anisotropy found by Bosking et al(1997) and others that might be involved with the processing of texturessurfaces and color contrast which seem to have a much more isotropic lat-eral connectivity (Livingstone amp Hubel 1984) However there are severalintriguing possibilities that make the analysis more plausible The rst canoccur in case V1 operates in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) In such an op-erating mode if the lateral interactions are not as weak as we have assumedin our analysis then even contoured planforms can form The second re-lated possibility can occur if at low levels of activity V1 operates initiallyin the Hubel-Wiesel mode and the lateral and long-range interactions areall excitatory (pc D qc D 0) so that a bulk instability occurs if the homo-geneous state becomes unstable which can be followed by the emergenceof patterned noncontoured planforms at the critical wavelength of about267 mm when the level of activity rises and the longer-ranged inhibitionis activated (pc D 0 qc 6D 0) until V1 operates in the coupled-ring modewhen the short-range inhibition is also activated (pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0) In sucha case even planforms can be selected by the anistropic connectivity sincethe degeneracy has already been broken by the noncontoured planformsA third possibility is related to an important gap in our current modelwe have not properly incorporated the observation that the distributionof orientation preferences in V1 is not spatially homogeneous In fact thewell-known orientation ldquopinwheelrdquo singularities originally found by Blas-del and Salama (1986) turn out to be regions in which the scatter or rateof change |Dw Dr| of differing orientation preference labels is highmdashabout20 degreesmdashwhereas in linear regions it is only about 10 degrees (Mal-donado amp Gray 1996) Such a difference leads to a second model circuit(centered on the orientation pinwheels) with a lateral patchy connectivitythat is effectively isotropic (Yan Dimitrov amp Cowan 2001) and thereforeconsistent with observations of the connectivity of pinwheel regions (Liv-ingstone amp Hubel 1984) In such a case even planforms are selected in thecoupled-ring mode Types I and II noncontoured form constants could alsoarise from a ldquolling-inrdquo process similar to that embodied in the retinex algo-

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 487

Figure 7 (a) Lattice tunnel hallucination seen following the taking of marijuana(redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) with the permission of Alan D Iselin(b) Simulation of the lattice tunnel generated by an even hexagonal roll patternon a square lattice

rithm of Land and McCann (1971) following the generation of types III or IVform constants in the coupled-ring mode The model allows for oscillatingor propagating waves as well as stationary patterns to arise from a bulkinstability Such waves are in fact observed many subjects who have takenLSD and similar hallucinogens report seeing bright white light at the centerof the visual eld which then ldquoexplodesrdquo into a hallucinatory image (Siegel1977) in at most 3 seconds corresponding to a propagation velocity in V1 ofabout 25 cm per second suggestive of slowly moving epileptiform activity(Senseman 1999) In this respect it is worth noting that in the continuumapproximation we use in this study both planforms arising when the long-range interactions are purely excitatory correspond to the perception of auniform bright white light

Finally it should be emphasized that many variants of the Kluver formconstants have been described some of which cannot be understood interms of the model we have introduced For example the lattice tunnelshown in Figure 7a is more complicated than any of the simple form con-stants shown earlier One intriguing possibility is that this image is gener-ated as a result of a mismatch between the corresponding planform andthe underlying structure of V1 We have (implicitly) assumed that V1 haspatchy connections that endow it with lattice properties It is clear fromthe optical image data (Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking et al 1997) thatthe cortical lattice is somewhat disordered Thus one might expect somedistortions to occur when planforms are spontaneously generated in such

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 4: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

476 P C Bressloff et al

packing density rR (cells per unit retinal area) approximated by the inversesquare law

rR D1

(w0 C 2 rR)2

(Drasdo 1977) and a uniform V1 packing density r we derive a coordi-nate transformation (Cowan 1977) that reduces sufciently far away fromthe fovea (when rR Agrave w0 2 ) to a scaled version of the complex logarithm(Schwartz 1977)

x Da

2ln

micro2

w0rR

para y D

bhR

2 (11)

where w0 and 2 are constants Estimates of w0 D 0087 and 2 D 0051 inappropriate units can be obtained from Drasdorsquos data on the human retinaand a and b are constants These values correspond to a magnication fac-tor of 115 mmdegrees of visual angle at the fovea and 575 mmdegreesof visual angle at rR D w0 2 D 17 degrees of visual angle We can alsocompute how the complex logarithm maps local edges or contours in thevisual eld that is its tangent map Let wR be the orientation preference ofa neuron in V1 whose receptive eld is centered at the point rR in the visualeld and let fr w g be the V1 image of frR wRg It can be shown (Wiener1994 Cowan 1997 Bressloff Cowan Golubitsky Thomas amp Wiener 2001)that under the tangent map of the complex logarithm w D wR iexcl hR Giventhe retino-cortical map frR wRg fr w g we can compute the form of loga-rithmic spirals circles and rays and their local tangents in V1 coordinatesThe equation for spirals can be written as hR D a ln[rR exp(iexclb)] C c whencey iexcl c D a(x iexcl b) under the action rR r Thus logarithmic spirals be-come oblique lines of constant slope a in V1 Circles and rays correspond tovertical (a D 1) and horizontal (a D 0) lines Since the slopes of the localtangents to logarithmic spirals are given by the equation tan(wR iexcl hR) D aand therefore in V1 coordinates by tan w D a the local tangents in V1 lieparallel to the images of logarithmic spirals It follows that types I and IIform constants corresponding to stripes of neural activity at various anglesin V1 and types III and IV to spatially periodic patterns of local tangentsin V1 as shown in Figure 2 On the average about 30 to 36 stripes andabout 60 to 72 contours are perceived in the visual eld corresponding toa wavelength of about 24 to 32 mm in human V1 This is comparable toestimates of about twice V1 hypercolumn spacing (Hubel amp Wiesel 1974)derived from the responses of human subjects to perceived grating patterns(Tyler 1982) and from direct anatomical measurements of human V1 (Hor-ton amp Hedley-Whyte 1984) All of these facts and calculations reinforce thesuggestion that the form constants are located in V1 It might be argued thatsince hallucinatory images are seen as continuous across the midline theymust be located at higher levels in the visual pathway than V1 However

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 477

Figure 2 (a) Retino-cortical transform Logarithmic spirals in the visual eldmap to straight lines in V1 (b c) The action of the map on the outlines of funneland spiral form constants

there is evidence that callosal connections along the V1V2 border can actto maintain continuity of the images across the vertical meridian (Hubel ampWiesel 1962) Thus if hallucinatory images are generated in both halves ofV1 as long as the callosal connections operate such images will be contin-uous across the midline

478 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 3 Outline of the architecture of V1 represented by equation 12 Localconnections between iso-orientation patches within a hypercolumn are assumedto be isotropic Lateral connections between iso-orientation patches in differenthypercolumns are assumed to be anisotropic

12 Symmetries of V1 Intrinsic Circuitry In recent years data concern-ing the functional organization and circuitry of V1 have accrued from mi-croelectrode studies (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983) labeling and optical imaging(Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking Zhang Schoeld amp Fitzpatrick 1997)Perhaps the most striking result is Blasdel and Salamarsquos (1986) demonstra-tion of the large-scale organization of iso-orientation patches in primatesWe can conclude that approximately every 07 mm or so in V1 (in macaque)there is an iso-orientation patch of a given preference w and that each hyper-column has a full complement of such patches with preferences runningfrom w to w C p The other striking result concerns the intrinsic horizon-tal connections in layers 2 3 and (to some extent) 5 of V1 The axons ofthese connections make terminal arbors only every 07 mm or so alongtheir tracks (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983) and connect mainly to cells with sim-ilar orientation preferences (Bosking et al 1997) In addition there is apronounced anisotropy to the pattern of such connections differing iso-orientation patches preferentially connect to patches in neighboring hyper-columns in such a way as to form continuous contours under the action ofthe retino-cortical map described above (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983 Bosking etal 1997) This contrasts with the pattern of connectivity within any one hy-percolumn which is much more isotropic any given iso-orientation patchconnects locally in all directions to all neighboring patches within a radiusof less than 07 mm (Blasdel amp Salama 1986) Figure 3 shows a diagram ofsuch connection patterns

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 479

Since each location in the visual eld is represented in V1 roughly speak-ing by a hypercolumn-sized region containing all orientations we treat rand w as independent variables so that all possible orientation preferencesexist at each corresponding position rR in the visual eld This continuumapproximation allows a mathematically tractable treatment of V1 as a lat-tice of hypercolumns Because the actual hypercolumn spacing (Hubel ampWiesel 1974) is about half the effective cortical wavelength of many of theimages we wish to study care must be taken in interpreting cortical activ-ity patterns as visual percepts In addition it is possible that lattice effectscould introduce deviations from the continuum model Within the contin-uum framework let w (r w | r0 w 0 ) be the strength or weight of connectionsfrom the iso-orientation patch at fx0 y0g D r0 in V1 with orientation pref-erence w 0 to the patch at fx yg D r with preference w We decompose w interms of local connections from elements within the same hypercolumn andpatchy lateral connections from elements in other hypercolumns that is

w(r w | r0 w 0 ) D wLOC (w iexcl w 0 )d (r iexcl r0 )

C bwLAT (s)d (r iexcl r0 iexcl sew )d (w iexcl w 0 ) (12)

where d (cent) is the Dirac delta function ew is a unit vector in the wndashdirectionb is a parameter that measures the weight of lateral relative to local con-nections and wLAT (s) is the weight of lateral connections between iso-orientation patches separated by a cortical distance s along a visuotopicaxis parallel to their orientation preference The fact that the lateral weightdepends ona rotated vector expresses its anisotropy Observations by Hirschand Gilbert (1991) suggest that b is small and therefore that the lateral con-nections modulate rather than drive V1 activity It can be shown (Wiener1994 Cowan 1997 Bressloff et al 2001) that the weighting function denedin equation 12 has a well-dened symmetry it is invariant with respect tocertain operations in the plane of V1ndashtranslations fr w g fr C u wg reec-tions fx y wg fx iexcly iexclw g anda rotation dened as fr w g fRh [r] w Ch gwhere Rh [r] is the vector r rotated by the angle h This form of the rotationoperation follows from the anisotropy of the lateral weighting function andcomprises a translation or shift of the orientation preference label w to w Ch together with a rotation or twist of the position vector r by the angle h Sucha shift-twist operation (Zweck amp Williams 2001) provides a novel way togenerate the Euclidean group E(2) of rigid motions in the plane The factthat the weighting function is invariant with respect to this form of E(2) hasimportant consequences for any model of the dynamics of V1 In particularthe equivariant branching lemma (Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) guaranteesthat when the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 becomes unstable new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of E(2) can arise These new stateswill be linear combinations of patterns we call planforms

480 P C Bressloff et al

2 A Model of the Dynamics of V1

Let a(r w t) be the average membrane potential or activity in an iso-orienta-tion patch at the point r with orientation preference w The activity variablea(r w t) evolves according to a generalization of the Wilson-Cowan equa-tions (Wilson amp Cowan 1973) that incorporates an additional degree offreedom to represent orientation preference and the continuum limit of theweighting function dened in equation 12

a(r w t)t

D iexclaa(r w t) Cm

p

Z p

0wLOC (w iexcl w 0 )s[a(r w 0 t)]dw 0

C ordm

Z 1

iexcl1wLAT (s)s[a(r C sew w t)] ds (21)

where a m and ordm D mb are respectively time and coupling constantsand s[a] is a smooth sigmoidal function of the activity a It remains only tospecify the form of the functions wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) In the single pop-ulation model considered here we do not distinguish between excitatoryand inhibitory neurons and therefore assume both wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) tobe ldquoMexican hatsrdquo of the generic form

siexcl11 exp(iexclx22s2

1 ) iexcl siexcl12 exp(iexclx2 2s2

2 ) (22)

with Fourier transform

W (p) D exp(iexcls21 p2) iexcl exp(iexcls2

2 p2)

(s1 lt s2) such that iso-orientation patches at nearby locations mutually ex-cite if they have similar orientation preferences and inhibit otherwise andsimilar iso-orientation patches at locations at least r0 mm apart mutuallyinhibit In models that distinguish between excitatory and inhibitory pop-ulations it is possible to achieve similar results using inverted Mexican hatfunctions that incorporate short-range inhibition and long-range excitationSuch models may provide a better t to anatomical data (Levitt Lund ampYoshioka 1996)

An equation F[a] D 0 is said to be equivariant with respect to a symmetryoperatorc if it commutes with it that is ifc F[a] D F[c a] It follows from theEuclidean symmetry of the weighting function w(r w | r0 w 0 ) with respectto the shift-twist action that equation 21 is equivariant with respect to itThis has important implications for the dynamics of our model of V1 Leta(r w ) D 0 be a homogeneous stationary state of equation 21 that dependssmoothly on the coupling parameter m When no iso-orientation patchesare activated it is easy to show that a(r w ) D 0 is stable for all values of m

less than a critical value m 0 (Ermentrout 1998) However the parameter m

can reach m 0 if for example the excitability of V1 is increased by the ac-tion of hallucinogens on brain stem nuclei such as the locus ceruleus or the

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 481

raphe nucleus which secrete the monoamines serotonin and noradrenalinIn such a case the homogeneous stationary state a(r w ) D 0 becomes un-stable If m remains close to m 0 then new stationary states develop thatare approximated by (nite) linear combinations of the eigenfunctions ofthe linearized version of equation 21 The equivariant branching lemma(Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) then guarantees the existence of new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of the Euclidean group E(2) Thismechanism by which dynamical systems with Mexican hat interactions cangenerate spatially periodic patterns that displace a homogeneous equilib-rium was rst introduced by Turing (1952) in his article on the chemicalbasis of morphogenesis

21 Eigenfunctions of V1 Computing the eigenvalues and associatedeigenfunctions of the linearized version of equation 21 is nontrivial largelybecause of the presence of the anisotropic lateral connections Howevergiven that lateral effects are only modulatory so that b iquest 1 degenerateRayleigh-Schrodinger perturbation theory can be used to compute them(Bressloff et al 2001) The results can be summarized as follows Let s1 bethe slope of s[a] at the stationary equilibrium a D 0 Then to lowest orderin b the eigenvalues lsect are

lsect (p q) D iexcla C m s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) sect WLAT (2p q)g] (23)

where WLOC (p) is the pth Fourier mode of wLOC (w ) and

WLAT (p q) D (iexcl1)pZ 1

0wLAT (s)J2p (qs) ds

is the Fourier transform of the lateral weight distribution with J2p (x) theBessel function of x of integer order 2p To these eigenvalues belong theassociated eigenfunctions

ordmsect (r w ) D cn usect (w iexcl wn) exp[ikn cent r]

C ccurrenn usectcurren (w iexcl wn) exp[iexclikn cent r] (24)

where kn D fq cos wn q sin wng and (to lowest order in b) usect (w ) D cos 2pw

or sin 2pw and the curren operator is complex conjugation These functions willbe recognized as plane waves modulated by even or odd phase-shifted p ndashperiodic functions cos[2p(w iexcl wn)] or sin[2p(w iexcl wn)] The relation betweenthe eigenvalues lsect and the wave numbers p and q given in equation 23 iscalled a dispersion relation In case lsect D 0 at m D m 0 equation 23 can berewritten as

m c Da

s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) C WLAT (2p q)g] (25)

482 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 4 Dispersion curves showing the marginal stability of the homogeneousmode of V1 Solid lines correspond to odd eigenfunctions dashed lines to evenones If V1 is in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) eigenfunctions in the form ofunmodulated plane waves or roll patterns can appear rst at the wave numbers(a) qc D 0 and (b) qc D 1 If V1 is in the coupledndashring mode (pc D 1) oddmodulated eigenfunctions can form rst at the wave numbers (c) qc D 0 and(d) qc D 1

and gives rise to themarginal stability curves plotted inFigure 4 Examinationof these curves indicates that the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 can lose itsstability in four differing ways as shown in Table 1

Table 1 Instabilities of V1

Wave Local LateralNumbers Interactions Interactions Eigenfunction

pc D qc D 0 Excitatory Excitatory cn

pc D 0 qc 6D 0 Excitatory Mexican hat cn cos[kn cent r]pc 6D 0 qc D 0 Mexican hat Excitatory cnusect (w iexcl wn ) C ccurren

nusectcurren (w iexcl wn )

pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0 Mexican hat Mexican hat cnusect (w iexcl wn ) cos[kn cent r]

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 483

We call responses with pc D 0 (rows 1 and 2) the Hubel-Wiesel mode of V1operation In such a mode any orientation tuning must be extrinsic to V1generated for example by local anisotropies of the geniculo-cortical map(Hubel amp Wiesel 1962) We call responses with pc 6D 0 (rows 3 and 4) thecoupled ring mode of V1 operation (Somers Nelson amp Sur 1996 Hansel ampSompolinsky 1997 Mundel Dimitrov amp Cowan 1997) In both cases themodel reduces to a system of coupled hypercolumns each modeled as a ringof interacting iso-orientation patches with local excitation and inhibitionEven if the lateral interactions are weak (b iquest 1) the orientation preferencesbecome spatially organized in a pattern given by some combination of theeigenfunctions ordmsect (r w )

3 Planforms and V1

It remains to compute the actual patterns of V1 activity that develop whenthe uniform state loses stability These patterns will be linear combina-tions of the eigenfunctions described above which we call planforms Tocompute them we nd those planforms that are left invariant by the ax-ial subgroups of E(2) under the shift-twist action An axial subgroup is arestricted set of the symmetry operators of a group whose action leaves in-variant a one-dimensional vector subspace containing essentially one plan-form We limit these planforms to regular tilings of the plane (Golubit-sky Stewart amp Schaeffer 1988) by restricting our computation to doublyperiodic planforms Given such a restriction there are only a nite num-ber of shift-twists to consider (modulo an arbitrary rotation of the wholeplane) and the axial subgroups and their planforms have either rhombicsquare or hexagonal symmetry To determine which planforms are stabi-lized by the nonlinearities of the system we use Lyapunov-Schmidt reduc-tion (Golubitsky et al 1988) and Poincar Acirce-Lindstedt perturbation theory(Walgraef 1997) to reduce the dynamics to a set of nonlinear equations forthe amplitudes cn in equation 24 Euclidean symmetry restricts the struc-ture of the amplitude equations to the form (on rhombic and square lat-tices)

ddt

cn D cn[(m iexcl m 0) iexcl c 0 |cn |2 iexcl 22X

m 6Dnc nm |cm |2] (31)

where c nm depends on Dw the angle between the two eigenvectors of thelattice We nd that all rhombic planforms with 30plusmn middot Dw middot 60plusmn are stableSimilar equations obtain for hexagonal lattices In general all such plan-forms on rhombic and hexagonal lattices are stable (in appropriate param-eter regimes) with respect to perturbations with the same lattice structureHowever square planforms on square lattices are unstable and give way tosimple roll planforms comprising one eigenfunction

484 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 5 V1 Planforms corresponding to some axial subgroups (a b) Rolland hexagonal patterns generated in V1 when it is in the Hubel-Wiesel operat-ing mode (c d) Honeycomb and square patterns generated when V1 is in thecoupled-ring operating mode

31 Form Constants as Stable Planforms Figure 5 shows some of the(mostly) stable planforms dened above in V1 coordinates and Figure 6in visual eld coordinates generated by plotting at each point r a con-tour element at the orientation w most strongly signaled at that pointmdashthatpointthat is for which a(r w ) is largest

These planforms are either contoured or noncontoured and correspondclosely to Kluverrsquos form constants In what we call the Hubel-Wiesel modeinteractions between iso-orientation patches in a single hypercolumn areweak and purely excitatory so individual hypercolumns do not amplify anyparticular orientation However if the long-range interactions are stronger

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 485

Figure 6 The same planforms as shown in Figure 5 drawn in visual eld coor-dinates Note however that the feathering around the edges of the bright blobsin b is a fortuitous numerical artifact

and effectively inhibitory then plane waves of cortical activity can emergewith no label for orientation preference The resulting planforms are callednoncontoured and correspond to the types I and II form constants as orig-inally proposed by Ermentrout and Cowan (1979) On the other hand ifcoupled-ring-mode interactions between neighboring iso-orientationpatches are strong enough so that even weakly biased activity can trigger asharply tuned response under the combined action of many interacting hy-percolumns plane waves labeled for orientation preference can emerge Theresulting planforms correspond to types III and IV form constants Theseresults suggest that the circuits in V1 that are normally involved in the de-tection of oriented edges and the formation of contours are also responsible

486 P C Bressloff et al

for the generation of the form constants Since 20 of the (excitatory) lateralconnections in layers 2 and 3 of V1 end on inhibitory interneurons (Hirschamp Gilbert 1991) the overall action of the lateral connections can become in-hibitory especially at high levels of activity The mathematical consequenceof this inhibition is the selection of odd planforms that do not form continu-ous contours We have shown that even planforms that do form continuouscontours can be selected when the overall action of the lateral connection isinhibitory if the model assumes deviation away from the visuotopic axis byat least 45 degrees in the pattern of lateral connections (Bressloff et al 2001)(as opposed to our rst model in which connections between iso-orientationpatches are oriented along the visuotopic axis)

This might seem paradoxical given observations suggesting that thereare at least two circuits in V1 one dealing with contrast edges in whichthe relevant lateral connections have the anisotropy found by Bosking et al(1997) and others that might be involved with the processing of texturessurfaces and color contrast which seem to have a much more isotropic lat-eral connectivity (Livingstone amp Hubel 1984) However there are severalintriguing possibilities that make the analysis more plausible The rst canoccur in case V1 operates in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) In such an op-erating mode if the lateral interactions are not as weak as we have assumedin our analysis then even contoured planforms can form The second re-lated possibility can occur if at low levels of activity V1 operates initiallyin the Hubel-Wiesel mode and the lateral and long-range interactions areall excitatory (pc D qc D 0) so that a bulk instability occurs if the homo-geneous state becomes unstable which can be followed by the emergenceof patterned noncontoured planforms at the critical wavelength of about267 mm when the level of activity rises and the longer-ranged inhibitionis activated (pc D 0 qc 6D 0) until V1 operates in the coupled-ring modewhen the short-range inhibition is also activated (pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0) In sucha case even planforms can be selected by the anistropic connectivity sincethe degeneracy has already been broken by the noncontoured planformsA third possibility is related to an important gap in our current modelwe have not properly incorporated the observation that the distributionof orientation preferences in V1 is not spatially homogeneous In fact thewell-known orientation ldquopinwheelrdquo singularities originally found by Blas-del and Salama (1986) turn out to be regions in which the scatter or rateof change |Dw Dr| of differing orientation preference labels is highmdashabout20 degreesmdashwhereas in linear regions it is only about 10 degrees (Mal-donado amp Gray 1996) Such a difference leads to a second model circuit(centered on the orientation pinwheels) with a lateral patchy connectivitythat is effectively isotropic (Yan Dimitrov amp Cowan 2001) and thereforeconsistent with observations of the connectivity of pinwheel regions (Liv-ingstone amp Hubel 1984) In such a case even planforms are selected in thecoupled-ring mode Types I and II noncontoured form constants could alsoarise from a ldquolling-inrdquo process similar to that embodied in the retinex algo-

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 487

Figure 7 (a) Lattice tunnel hallucination seen following the taking of marijuana(redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) with the permission of Alan D Iselin(b) Simulation of the lattice tunnel generated by an even hexagonal roll patternon a square lattice

rithm of Land and McCann (1971) following the generation of types III or IVform constants in the coupled-ring mode The model allows for oscillatingor propagating waves as well as stationary patterns to arise from a bulkinstability Such waves are in fact observed many subjects who have takenLSD and similar hallucinogens report seeing bright white light at the centerof the visual eld which then ldquoexplodesrdquo into a hallucinatory image (Siegel1977) in at most 3 seconds corresponding to a propagation velocity in V1 ofabout 25 cm per second suggestive of slowly moving epileptiform activity(Senseman 1999) In this respect it is worth noting that in the continuumapproximation we use in this study both planforms arising when the long-range interactions are purely excitatory correspond to the perception of auniform bright white light

Finally it should be emphasized that many variants of the Kluver formconstants have been described some of which cannot be understood interms of the model we have introduced For example the lattice tunnelshown in Figure 7a is more complicated than any of the simple form con-stants shown earlier One intriguing possibility is that this image is gener-ated as a result of a mismatch between the corresponding planform andthe underlying structure of V1 We have (implicitly) assumed that V1 haspatchy connections that endow it with lattice properties It is clear fromthe optical image data (Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking et al 1997) thatthe cortical lattice is somewhat disordered Thus one might expect somedistortions to occur when planforms are spontaneously generated in such

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 5: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 477

Figure 2 (a) Retino-cortical transform Logarithmic spirals in the visual eldmap to straight lines in V1 (b c) The action of the map on the outlines of funneland spiral form constants

there is evidence that callosal connections along the V1V2 border can actto maintain continuity of the images across the vertical meridian (Hubel ampWiesel 1962) Thus if hallucinatory images are generated in both halves ofV1 as long as the callosal connections operate such images will be contin-uous across the midline

478 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 3 Outline of the architecture of V1 represented by equation 12 Localconnections between iso-orientation patches within a hypercolumn are assumedto be isotropic Lateral connections between iso-orientation patches in differenthypercolumns are assumed to be anisotropic

12 Symmetries of V1 Intrinsic Circuitry In recent years data concern-ing the functional organization and circuitry of V1 have accrued from mi-croelectrode studies (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983) labeling and optical imaging(Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking Zhang Schoeld amp Fitzpatrick 1997)Perhaps the most striking result is Blasdel and Salamarsquos (1986) demonstra-tion of the large-scale organization of iso-orientation patches in primatesWe can conclude that approximately every 07 mm or so in V1 (in macaque)there is an iso-orientation patch of a given preference w and that each hyper-column has a full complement of such patches with preferences runningfrom w to w C p The other striking result concerns the intrinsic horizon-tal connections in layers 2 3 and (to some extent) 5 of V1 The axons ofthese connections make terminal arbors only every 07 mm or so alongtheir tracks (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983) and connect mainly to cells with sim-ilar orientation preferences (Bosking et al 1997) In addition there is apronounced anisotropy to the pattern of such connections differing iso-orientation patches preferentially connect to patches in neighboring hyper-columns in such a way as to form continuous contours under the action ofthe retino-cortical map described above (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983 Bosking etal 1997) This contrasts with the pattern of connectivity within any one hy-percolumn which is much more isotropic any given iso-orientation patchconnects locally in all directions to all neighboring patches within a radiusof less than 07 mm (Blasdel amp Salama 1986) Figure 3 shows a diagram ofsuch connection patterns

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 479

Since each location in the visual eld is represented in V1 roughly speak-ing by a hypercolumn-sized region containing all orientations we treat rand w as independent variables so that all possible orientation preferencesexist at each corresponding position rR in the visual eld This continuumapproximation allows a mathematically tractable treatment of V1 as a lat-tice of hypercolumns Because the actual hypercolumn spacing (Hubel ampWiesel 1974) is about half the effective cortical wavelength of many of theimages we wish to study care must be taken in interpreting cortical activ-ity patterns as visual percepts In addition it is possible that lattice effectscould introduce deviations from the continuum model Within the contin-uum framework let w (r w | r0 w 0 ) be the strength or weight of connectionsfrom the iso-orientation patch at fx0 y0g D r0 in V1 with orientation pref-erence w 0 to the patch at fx yg D r with preference w We decompose w interms of local connections from elements within the same hypercolumn andpatchy lateral connections from elements in other hypercolumns that is

w(r w | r0 w 0 ) D wLOC (w iexcl w 0 )d (r iexcl r0 )

C bwLAT (s)d (r iexcl r0 iexcl sew )d (w iexcl w 0 ) (12)

where d (cent) is the Dirac delta function ew is a unit vector in the wndashdirectionb is a parameter that measures the weight of lateral relative to local con-nections and wLAT (s) is the weight of lateral connections between iso-orientation patches separated by a cortical distance s along a visuotopicaxis parallel to their orientation preference The fact that the lateral weightdepends ona rotated vector expresses its anisotropy Observations by Hirschand Gilbert (1991) suggest that b is small and therefore that the lateral con-nections modulate rather than drive V1 activity It can be shown (Wiener1994 Cowan 1997 Bressloff et al 2001) that the weighting function denedin equation 12 has a well-dened symmetry it is invariant with respect tocertain operations in the plane of V1ndashtranslations fr w g fr C u wg reec-tions fx y wg fx iexcly iexclw g anda rotation dened as fr w g fRh [r] w Ch gwhere Rh [r] is the vector r rotated by the angle h This form of the rotationoperation follows from the anisotropy of the lateral weighting function andcomprises a translation or shift of the orientation preference label w to w Ch together with a rotation or twist of the position vector r by the angle h Sucha shift-twist operation (Zweck amp Williams 2001) provides a novel way togenerate the Euclidean group E(2) of rigid motions in the plane The factthat the weighting function is invariant with respect to this form of E(2) hasimportant consequences for any model of the dynamics of V1 In particularthe equivariant branching lemma (Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) guaranteesthat when the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 becomes unstable new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of E(2) can arise These new stateswill be linear combinations of patterns we call planforms

480 P C Bressloff et al

2 A Model of the Dynamics of V1

Let a(r w t) be the average membrane potential or activity in an iso-orienta-tion patch at the point r with orientation preference w The activity variablea(r w t) evolves according to a generalization of the Wilson-Cowan equa-tions (Wilson amp Cowan 1973) that incorporates an additional degree offreedom to represent orientation preference and the continuum limit of theweighting function dened in equation 12

a(r w t)t

D iexclaa(r w t) Cm

p

Z p

0wLOC (w iexcl w 0 )s[a(r w 0 t)]dw 0

C ordm

Z 1

iexcl1wLAT (s)s[a(r C sew w t)] ds (21)

where a m and ordm D mb are respectively time and coupling constantsand s[a] is a smooth sigmoidal function of the activity a It remains only tospecify the form of the functions wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) In the single pop-ulation model considered here we do not distinguish between excitatoryand inhibitory neurons and therefore assume both wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) tobe ldquoMexican hatsrdquo of the generic form

siexcl11 exp(iexclx22s2

1 ) iexcl siexcl12 exp(iexclx2 2s2

2 ) (22)

with Fourier transform

W (p) D exp(iexcls21 p2) iexcl exp(iexcls2

2 p2)

(s1 lt s2) such that iso-orientation patches at nearby locations mutually ex-cite if they have similar orientation preferences and inhibit otherwise andsimilar iso-orientation patches at locations at least r0 mm apart mutuallyinhibit In models that distinguish between excitatory and inhibitory pop-ulations it is possible to achieve similar results using inverted Mexican hatfunctions that incorporate short-range inhibition and long-range excitationSuch models may provide a better t to anatomical data (Levitt Lund ampYoshioka 1996)

An equation F[a] D 0 is said to be equivariant with respect to a symmetryoperatorc if it commutes with it that is ifc F[a] D F[c a] It follows from theEuclidean symmetry of the weighting function w(r w | r0 w 0 ) with respectto the shift-twist action that equation 21 is equivariant with respect to itThis has important implications for the dynamics of our model of V1 Leta(r w ) D 0 be a homogeneous stationary state of equation 21 that dependssmoothly on the coupling parameter m When no iso-orientation patchesare activated it is easy to show that a(r w ) D 0 is stable for all values of m

less than a critical value m 0 (Ermentrout 1998) However the parameter m

can reach m 0 if for example the excitability of V1 is increased by the ac-tion of hallucinogens on brain stem nuclei such as the locus ceruleus or the

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 481

raphe nucleus which secrete the monoamines serotonin and noradrenalinIn such a case the homogeneous stationary state a(r w ) D 0 becomes un-stable If m remains close to m 0 then new stationary states develop thatare approximated by (nite) linear combinations of the eigenfunctions ofthe linearized version of equation 21 The equivariant branching lemma(Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) then guarantees the existence of new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of the Euclidean group E(2) Thismechanism by which dynamical systems with Mexican hat interactions cangenerate spatially periodic patterns that displace a homogeneous equilib-rium was rst introduced by Turing (1952) in his article on the chemicalbasis of morphogenesis

21 Eigenfunctions of V1 Computing the eigenvalues and associatedeigenfunctions of the linearized version of equation 21 is nontrivial largelybecause of the presence of the anisotropic lateral connections Howevergiven that lateral effects are only modulatory so that b iquest 1 degenerateRayleigh-Schrodinger perturbation theory can be used to compute them(Bressloff et al 2001) The results can be summarized as follows Let s1 bethe slope of s[a] at the stationary equilibrium a D 0 Then to lowest orderin b the eigenvalues lsect are

lsect (p q) D iexcla C m s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) sect WLAT (2p q)g] (23)

where WLOC (p) is the pth Fourier mode of wLOC (w ) and

WLAT (p q) D (iexcl1)pZ 1

0wLAT (s)J2p (qs) ds

is the Fourier transform of the lateral weight distribution with J2p (x) theBessel function of x of integer order 2p To these eigenvalues belong theassociated eigenfunctions

ordmsect (r w ) D cn usect (w iexcl wn) exp[ikn cent r]

C ccurrenn usectcurren (w iexcl wn) exp[iexclikn cent r] (24)

where kn D fq cos wn q sin wng and (to lowest order in b) usect (w ) D cos 2pw

or sin 2pw and the curren operator is complex conjugation These functions willbe recognized as plane waves modulated by even or odd phase-shifted p ndashperiodic functions cos[2p(w iexcl wn)] or sin[2p(w iexcl wn)] The relation betweenthe eigenvalues lsect and the wave numbers p and q given in equation 23 iscalled a dispersion relation In case lsect D 0 at m D m 0 equation 23 can berewritten as

m c Da

s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) C WLAT (2p q)g] (25)

482 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 4 Dispersion curves showing the marginal stability of the homogeneousmode of V1 Solid lines correspond to odd eigenfunctions dashed lines to evenones If V1 is in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) eigenfunctions in the form ofunmodulated plane waves or roll patterns can appear rst at the wave numbers(a) qc D 0 and (b) qc D 1 If V1 is in the coupledndashring mode (pc D 1) oddmodulated eigenfunctions can form rst at the wave numbers (c) qc D 0 and(d) qc D 1

and gives rise to themarginal stability curves plotted inFigure 4 Examinationof these curves indicates that the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 can lose itsstability in four differing ways as shown in Table 1

Table 1 Instabilities of V1

Wave Local LateralNumbers Interactions Interactions Eigenfunction

pc D qc D 0 Excitatory Excitatory cn

pc D 0 qc 6D 0 Excitatory Mexican hat cn cos[kn cent r]pc 6D 0 qc D 0 Mexican hat Excitatory cnusect (w iexcl wn ) C ccurren

nusectcurren (w iexcl wn )

pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0 Mexican hat Mexican hat cnusect (w iexcl wn ) cos[kn cent r]

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 483

We call responses with pc D 0 (rows 1 and 2) the Hubel-Wiesel mode of V1operation In such a mode any orientation tuning must be extrinsic to V1generated for example by local anisotropies of the geniculo-cortical map(Hubel amp Wiesel 1962) We call responses with pc 6D 0 (rows 3 and 4) thecoupled ring mode of V1 operation (Somers Nelson amp Sur 1996 Hansel ampSompolinsky 1997 Mundel Dimitrov amp Cowan 1997) In both cases themodel reduces to a system of coupled hypercolumns each modeled as a ringof interacting iso-orientation patches with local excitation and inhibitionEven if the lateral interactions are weak (b iquest 1) the orientation preferencesbecome spatially organized in a pattern given by some combination of theeigenfunctions ordmsect (r w )

3 Planforms and V1

It remains to compute the actual patterns of V1 activity that develop whenthe uniform state loses stability These patterns will be linear combina-tions of the eigenfunctions described above which we call planforms Tocompute them we nd those planforms that are left invariant by the ax-ial subgroups of E(2) under the shift-twist action An axial subgroup is arestricted set of the symmetry operators of a group whose action leaves in-variant a one-dimensional vector subspace containing essentially one plan-form We limit these planforms to regular tilings of the plane (Golubit-sky Stewart amp Schaeffer 1988) by restricting our computation to doublyperiodic planforms Given such a restriction there are only a nite num-ber of shift-twists to consider (modulo an arbitrary rotation of the wholeplane) and the axial subgroups and their planforms have either rhombicsquare or hexagonal symmetry To determine which planforms are stabi-lized by the nonlinearities of the system we use Lyapunov-Schmidt reduc-tion (Golubitsky et al 1988) and Poincar Acirce-Lindstedt perturbation theory(Walgraef 1997) to reduce the dynamics to a set of nonlinear equations forthe amplitudes cn in equation 24 Euclidean symmetry restricts the struc-ture of the amplitude equations to the form (on rhombic and square lat-tices)

ddt

cn D cn[(m iexcl m 0) iexcl c 0 |cn |2 iexcl 22X

m 6Dnc nm |cm |2] (31)

where c nm depends on Dw the angle between the two eigenvectors of thelattice We nd that all rhombic planforms with 30plusmn middot Dw middot 60plusmn are stableSimilar equations obtain for hexagonal lattices In general all such plan-forms on rhombic and hexagonal lattices are stable (in appropriate param-eter regimes) with respect to perturbations with the same lattice structureHowever square planforms on square lattices are unstable and give way tosimple roll planforms comprising one eigenfunction

484 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 5 V1 Planforms corresponding to some axial subgroups (a b) Rolland hexagonal patterns generated in V1 when it is in the Hubel-Wiesel operat-ing mode (c d) Honeycomb and square patterns generated when V1 is in thecoupled-ring operating mode

31 Form Constants as Stable Planforms Figure 5 shows some of the(mostly) stable planforms dened above in V1 coordinates and Figure 6in visual eld coordinates generated by plotting at each point r a con-tour element at the orientation w most strongly signaled at that pointmdashthatpointthat is for which a(r w ) is largest

These planforms are either contoured or noncontoured and correspondclosely to Kluverrsquos form constants In what we call the Hubel-Wiesel modeinteractions between iso-orientation patches in a single hypercolumn areweak and purely excitatory so individual hypercolumns do not amplify anyparticular orientation However if the long-range interactions are stronger

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 485

Figure 6 The same planforms as shown in Figure 5 drawn in visual eld coor-dinates Note however that the feathering around the edges of the bright blobsin b is a fortuitous numerical artifact

and effectively inhibitory then plane waves of cortical activity can emergewith no label for orientation preference The resulting planforms are callednoncontoured and correspond to the types I and II form constants as orig-inally proposed by Ermentrout and Cowan (1979) On the other hand ifcoupled-ring-mode interactions between neighboring iso-orientationpatches are strong enough so that even weakly biased activity can trigger asharply tuned response under the combined action of many interacting hy-percolumns plane waves labeled for orientation preference can emerge Theresulting planforms correspond to types III and IV form constants Theseresults suggest that the circuits in V1 that are normally involved in the de-tection of oriented edges and the formation of contours are also responsible

486 P C Bressloff et al

for the generation of the form constants Since 20 of the (excitatory) lateralconnections in layers 2 and 3 of V1 end on inhibitory interneurons (Hirschamp Gilbert 1991) the overall action of the lateral connections can become in-hibitory especially at high levels of activity The mathematical consequenceof this inhibition is the selection of odd planforms that do not form continu-ous contours We have shown that even planforms that do form continuouscontours can be selected when the overall action of the lateral connection isinhibitory if the model assumes deviation away from the visuotopic axis byat least 45 degrees in the pattern of lateral connections (Bressloff et al 2001)(as opposed to our rst model in which connections between iso-orientationpatches are oriented along the visuotopic axis)

This might seem paradoxical given observations suggesting that thereare at least two circuits in V1 one dealing with contrast edges in whichthe relevant lateral connections have the anisotropy found by Bosking et al(1997) and others that might be involved with the processing of texturessurfaces and color contrast which seem to have a much more isotropic lat-eral connectivity (Livingstone amp Hubel 1984) However there are severalintriguing possibilities that make the analysis more plausible The rst canoccur in case V1 operates in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) In such an op-erating mode if the lateral interactions are not as weak as we have assumedin our analysis then even contoured planforms can form The second re-lated possibility can occur if at low levels of activity V1 operates initiallyin the Hubel-Wiesel mode and the lateral and long-range interactions areall excitatory (pc D qc D 0) so that a bulk instability occurs if the homo-geneous state becomes unstable which can be followed by the emergenceof patterned noncontoured planforms at the critical wavelength of about267 mm when the level of activity rises and the longer-ranged inhibitionis activated (pc D 0 qc 6D 0) until V1 operates in the coupled-ring modewhen the short-range inhibition is also activated (pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0) In sucha case even planforms can be selected by the anistropic connectivity sincethe degeneracy has already been broken by the noncontoured planformsA third possibility is related to an important gap in our current modelwe have not properly incorporated the observation that the distributionof orientation preferences in V1 is not spatially homogeneous In fact thewell-known orientation ldquopinwheelrdquo singularities originally found by Blas-del and Salama (1986) turn out to be regions in which the scatter or rateof change |Dw Dr| of differing orientation preference labels is highmdashabout20 degreesmdashwhereas in linear regions it is only about 10 degrees (Mal-donado amp Gray 1996) Such a difference leads to a second model circuit(centered on the orientation pinwheels) with a lateral patchy connectivitythat is effectively isotropic (Yan Dimitrov amp Cowan 2001) and thereforeconsistent with observations of the connectivity of pinwheel regions (Liv-ingstone amp Hubel 1984) In such a case even planforms are selected in thecoupled-ring mode Types I and II noncontoured form constants could alsoarise from a ldquolling-inrdquo process similar to that embodied in the retinex algo-

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 487

Figure 7 (a) Lattice tunnel hallucination seen following the taking of marijuana(redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) with the permission of Alan D Iselin(b) Simulation of the lattice tunnel generated by an even hexagonal roll patternon a square lattice

rithm of Land and McCann (1971) following the generation of types III or IVform constants in the coupled-ring mode The model allows for oscillatingor propagating waves as well as stationary patterns to arise from a bulkinstability Such waves are in fact observed many subjects who have takenLSD and similar hallucinogens report seeing bright white light at the centerof the visual eld which then ldquoexplodesrdquo into a hallucinatory image (Siegel1977) in at most 3 seconds corresponding to a propagation velocity in V1 ofabout 25 cm per second suggestive of slowly moving epileptiform activity(Senseman 1999) In this respect it is worth noting that in the continuumapproximation we use in this study both planforms arising when the long-range interactions are purely excitatory correspond to the perception of auniform bright white light

Finally it should be emphasized that many variants of the Kluver formconstants have been described some of which cannot be understood interms of the model we have introduced For example the lattice tunnelshown in Figure 7a is more complicated than any of the simple form con-stants shown earlier One intriguing possibility is that this image is gener-ated as a result of a mismatch between the corresponding planform andthe underlying structure of V1 We have (implicitly) assumed that V1 haspatchy connections that endow it with lattice properties It is clear fromthe optical image data (Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking et al 1997) thatthe cortical lattice is somewhat disordered Thus one might expect somedistortions to occur when planforms are spontaneously generated in such

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 6: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

478 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 3 Outline of the architecture of V1 represented by equation 12 Localconnections between iso-orientation patches within a hypercolumn are assumedto be isotropic Lateral connections between iso-orientation patches in differenthypercolumns are assumed to be anisotropic

12 Symmetries of V1 Intrinsic Circuitry In recent years data concern-ing the functional organization and circuitry of V1 have accrued from mi-croelectrode studies (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983) labeling and optical imaging(Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking Zhang Schoeld amp Fitzpatrick 1997)Perhaps the most striking result is Blasdel and Salamarsquos (1986) demonstra-tion of the large-scale organization of iso-orientation patches in primatesWe can conclude that approximately every 07 mm or so in V1 (in macaque)there is an iso-orientation patch of a given preference w and that each hyper-column has a full complement of such patches with preferences runningfrom w to w C p The other striking result concerns the intrinsic horizon-tal connections in layers 2 3 and (to some extent) 5 of V1 The axons ofthese connections make terminal arbors only every 07 mm or so alongtheir tracks (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983) and connect mainly to cells with sim-ilar orientation preferences (Bosking et al 1997) In addition there is apronounced anisotropy to the pattern of such connections differing iso-orientation patches preferentially connect to patches in neighboring hyper-columns in such a way as to form continuous contours under the action ofthe retino-cortical map described above (Gilbert amp Wiesel 1983 Bosking etal 1997) This contrasts with the pattern of connectivity within any one hy-percolumn which is much more isotropic any given iso-orientation patchconnects locally in all directions to all neighboring patches within a radiusof less than 07 mm (Blasdel amp Salama 1986) Figure 3 shows a diagram ofsuch connection patterns

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 479

Since each location in the visual eld is represented in V1 roughly speak-ing by a hypercolumn-sized region containing all orientations we treat rand w as independent variables so that all possible orientation preferencesexist at each corresponding position rR in the visual eld This continuumapproximation allows a mathematically tractable treatment of V1 as a lat-tice of hypercolumns Because the actual hypercolumn spacing (Hubel ampWiesel 1974) is about half the effective cortical wavelength of many of theimages we wish to study care must be taken in interpreting cortical activ-ity patterns as visual percepts In addition it is possible that lattice effectscould introduce deviations from the continuum model Within the contin-uum framework let w (r w | r0 w 0 ) be the strength or weight of connectionsfrom the iso-orientation patch at fx0 y0g D r0 in V1 with orientation pref-erence w 0 to the patch at fx yg D r with preference w We decompose w interms of local connections from elements within the same hypercolumn andpatchy lateral connections from elements in other hypercolumns that is

w(r w | r0 w 0 ) D wLOC (w iexcl w 0 )d (r iexcl r0 )

C bwLAT (s)d (r iexcl r0 iexcl sew )d (w iexcl w 0 ) (12)

where d (cent) is the Dirac delta function ew is a unit vector in the wndashdirectionb is a parameter that measures the weight of lateral relative to local con-nections and wLAT (s) is the weight of lateral connections between iso-orientation patches separated by a cortical distance s along a visuotopicaxis parallel to their orientation preference The fact that the lateral weightdepends ona rotated vector expresses its anisotropy Observations by Hirschand Gilbert (1991) suggest that b is small and therefore that the lateral con-nections modulate rather than drive V1 activity It can be shown (Wiener1994 Cowan 1997 Bressloff et al 2001) that the weighting function denedin equation 12 has a well-dened symmetry it is invariant with respect tocertain operations in the plane of V1ndashtranslations fr w g fr C u wg reec-tions fx y wg fx iexcly iexclw g anda rotation dened as fr w g fRh [r] w Ch gwhere Rh [r] is the vector r rotated by the angle h This form of the rotationoperation follows from the anisotropy of the lateral weighting function andcomprises a translation or shift of the orientation preference label w to w Ch together with a rotation or twist of the position vector r by the angle h Sucha shift-twist operation (Zweck amp Williams 2001) provides a novel way togenerate the Euclidean group E(2) of rigid motions in the plane The factthat the weighting function is invariant with respect to this form of E(2) hasimportant consequences for any model of the dynamics of V1 In particularthe equivariant branching lemma (Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) guaranteesthat when the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 becomes unstable new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of E(2) can arise These new stateswill be linear combinations of patterns we call planforms

480 P C Bressloff et al

2 A Model of the Dynamics of V1

Let a(r w t) be the average membrane potential or activity in an iso-orienta-tion patch at the point r with orientation preference w The activity variablea(r w t) evolves according to a generalization of the Wilson-Cowan equa-tions (Wilson amp Cowan 1973) that incorporates an additional degree offreedom to represent orientation preference and the continuum limit of theweighting function dened in equation 12

a(r w t)t

D iexclaa(r w t) Cm

p

Z p

0wLOC (w iexcl w 0 )s[a(r w 0 t)]dw 0

C ordm

Z 1

iexcl1wLAT (s)s[a(r C sew w t)] ds (21)

where a m and ordm D mb are respectively time and coupling constantsand s[a] is a smooth sigmoidal function of the activity a It remains only tospecify the form of the functions wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) In the single pop-ulation model considered here we do not distinguish between excitatoryand inhibitory neurons and therefore assume both wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) tobe ldquoMexican hatsrdquo of the generic form

siexcl11 exp(iexclx22s2

1 ) iexcl siexcl12 exp(iexclx2 2s2

2 ) (22)

with Fourier transform

W (p) D exp(iexcls21 p2) iexcl exp(iexcls2

2 p2)

(s1 lt s2) such that iso-orientation patches at nearby locations mutually ex-cite if they have similar orientation preferences and inhibit otherwise andsimilar iso-orientation patches at locations at least r0 mm apart mutuallyinhibit In models that distinguish between excitatory and inhibitory pop-ulations it is possible to achieve similar results using inverted Mexican hatfunctions that incorporate short-range inhibition and long-range excitationSuch models may provide a better t to anatomical data (Levitt Lund ampYoshioka 1996)

An equation F[a] D 0 is said to be equivariant with respect to a symmetryoperatorc if it commutes with it that is ifc F[a] D F[c a] It follows from theEuclidean symmetry of the weighting function w(r w | r0 w 0 ) with respectto the shift-twist action that equation 21 is equivariant with respect to itThis has important implications for the dynamics of our model of V1 Leta(r w ) D 0 be a homogeneous stationary state of equation 21 that dependssmoothly on the coupling parameter m When no iso-orientation patchesare activated it is easy to show that a(r w ) D 0 is stable for all values of m

less than a critical value m 0 (Ermentrout 1998) However the parameter m

can reach m 0 if for example the excitability of V1 is increased by the ac-tion of hallucinogens on brain stem nuclei such as the locus ceruleus or the

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 481

raphe nucleus which secrete the monoamines serotonin and noradrenalinIn such a case the homogeneous stationary state a(r w ) D 0 becomes un-stable If m remains close to m 0 then new stationary states develop thatare approximated by (nite) linear combinations of the eigenfunctions ofthe linearized version of equation 21 The equivariant branching lemma(Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) then guarantees the existence of new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of the Euclidean group E(2) Thismechanism by which dynamical systems with Mexican hat interactions cangenerate spatially periodic patterns that displace a homogeneous equilib-rium was rst introduced by Turing (1952) in his article on the chemicalbasis of morphogenesis

21 Eigenfunctions of V1 Computing the eigenvalues and associatedeigenfunctions of the linearized version of equation 21 is nontrivial largelybecause of the presence of the anisotropic lateral connections Howevergiven that lateral effects are only modulatory so that b iquest 1 degenerateRayleigh-Schrodinger perturbation theory can be used to compute them(Bressloff et al 2001) The results can be summarized as follows Let s1 bethe slope of s[a] at the stationary equilibrium a D 0 Then to lowest orderin b the eigenvalues lsect are

lsect (p q) D iexcla C m s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) sect WLAT (2p q)g] (23)

where WLOC (p) is the pth Fourier mode of wLOC (w ) and

WLAT (p q) D (iexcl1)pZ 1

0wLAT (s)J2p (qs) ds

is the Fourier transform of the lateral weight distribution with J2p (x) theBessel function of x of integer order 2p To these eigenvalues belong theassociated eigenfunctions

ordmsect (r w ) D cn usect (w iexcl wn) exp[ikn cent r]

C ccurrenn usectcurren (w iexcl wn) exp[iexclikn cent r] (24)

where kn D fq cos wn q sin wng and (to lowest order in b) usect (w ) D cos 2pw

or sin 2pw and the curren operator is complex conjugation These functions willbe recognized as plane waves modulated by even or odd phase-shifted p ndashperiodic functions cos[2p(w iexcl wn)] or sin[2p(w iexcl wn)] The relation betweenthe eigenvalues lsect and the wave numbers p and q given in equation 23 iscalled a dispersion relation In case lsect D 0 at m D m 0 equation 23 can berewritten as

m c Da

s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) C WLAT (2p q)g] (25)

482 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 4 Dispersion curves showing the marginal stability of the homogeneousmode of V1 Solid lines correspond to odd eigenfunctions dashed lines to evenones If V1 is in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) eigenfunctions in the form ofunmodulated plane waves or roll patterns can appear rst at the wave numbers(a) qc D 0 and (b) qc D 1 If V1 is in the coupledndashring mode (pc D 1) oddmodulated eigenfunctions can form rst at the wave numbers (c) qc D 0 and(d) qc D 1

and gives rise to themarginal stability curves plotted inFigure 4 Examinationof these curves indicates that the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 can lose itsstability in four differing ways as shown in Table 1

Table 1 Instabilities of V1

Wave Local LateralNumbers Interactions Interactions Eigenfunction

pc D qc D 0 Excitatory Excitatory cn

pc D 0 qc 6D 0 Excitatory Mexican hat cn cos[kn cent r]pc 6D 0 qc D 0 Mexican hat Excitatory cnusect (w iexcl wn ) C ccurren

nusectcurren (w iexcl wn )

pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0 Mexican hat Mexican hat cnusect (w iexcl wn ) cos[kn cent r]

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 483

We call responses with pc D 0 (rows 1 and 2) the Hubel-Wiesel mode of V1operation In such a mode any orientation tuning must be extrinsic to V1generated for example by local anisotropies of the geniculo-cortical map(Hubel amp Wiesel 1962) We call responses with pc 6D 0 (rows 3 and 4) thecoupled ring mode of V1 operation (Somers Nelson amp Sur 1996 Hansel ampSompolinsky 1997 Mundel Dimitrov amp Cowan 1997) In both cases themodel reduces to a system of coupled hypercolumns each modeled as a ringof interacting iso-orientation patches with local excitation and inhibitionEven if the lateral interactions are weak (b iquest 1) the orientation preferencesbecome spatially organized in a pattern given by some combination of theeigenfunctions ordmsect (r w )

3 Planforms and V1

It remains to compute the actual patterns of V1 activity that develop whenthe uniform state loses stability These patterns will be linear combina-tions of the eigenfunctions described above which we call planforms Tocompute them we nd those planforms that are left invariant by the ax-ial subgroups of E(2) under the shift-twist action An axial subgroup is arestricted set of the symmetry operators of a group whose action leaves in-variant a one-dimensional vector subspace containing essentially one plan-form We limit these planforms to regular tilings of the plane (Golubit-sky Stewart amp Schaeffer 1988) by restricting our computation to doublyperiodic planforms Given such a restriction there are only a nite num-ber of shift-twists to consider (modulo an arbitrary rotation of the wholeplane) and the axial subgroups and their planforms have either rhombicsquare or hexagonal symmetry To determine which planforms are stabi-lized by the nonlinearities of the system we use Lyapunov-Schmidt reduc-tion (Golubitsky et al 1988) and Poincar Acirce-Lindstedt perturbation theory(Walgraef 1997) to reduce the dynamics to a set of nonlinear equations forthe amplitudes cn in equation 24 Euclidean symmetry restricts the struc-ture of the amplitude equations to the form (on rhombic and square lat-tices)

ddt

cn D cn[(m iexcl m 0) iexcl c 0 |cn |2 iexcl 22X

m 6Dnc nm |cm |2] (31)

where c nm depends on Dw the angle between the two eigenvectors of thelattice We nd that all rhombic planforms with 30plusmn middot Dw middot 60plusmn are stableSimilar equations obtain for hexagonal lattices In general all such plan-forms on rhombic and hexagonal lattices are stable (in appropriate param-eter regimes) with respect to perturbations with the same lattice structureHowever square planforms on square lattices are unstable and give way tosimple roll planforms comprising one eigenfunction

484 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 5 V1 Planforms corresponding to some axial subgroups (a b) Rolland hexagonal patterns generated in V1 when it is in the Hubel-Wiesel operat-ing mode (c d) Honeycomb and square patterns generated when V1 is in thecoupled-ring operating mode

31 Form Constants as Stable Planforms Figure 5 shows some of the(mostly) stable planforms dened above in V1 coordinates and Figure 6in visual eld coordinates generated by plotting at each point r a con-tour element at the orientation w most strongly signaled at that pointmdashthatpointthat is for which a(r w ) is largest

These planforms are either contoured or noncontoured and correspondclosely to Kluverrsquos form constants In what we call the Hubel-Wiesel modeinteractions between iso-orientation patches in a single hypercolumn areweak and purely excitatory so individual hypercolumns do not amplify anyparticular orientation However if the long-range interactions are stronger

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 485

Figure 6 The same planforms as shown in Figure 5 drawn in visual eld coor-dinates Note however that the feathering around the edges of the bright blobsin b is a fortuitous numerical artifact

and effectively inhibitory then plane waves of cortical activity can emergewith no label for orientation preference The resulting planforms are callednoncontoured and correspond to the types I and II form constants as orig-inally proposed by Ermentrout and Cowan (1979) On the other hand ifcoupled-ring-mode interactions between neighboring iso-orientationpatches are strong enough so that even weakly biased activity can trigger asharply tuned response under the combined action of many interacting hy-percolumns plane waves labeled for orientation preference can emerge Theresulting planforms correspond to types III and IV form constants Theseresults suggest that the circuits in V1 that are normally involved in the de-tection of oriented edges and the formation of contours are also responsible

486 P C Bressloff et al

for the generation of the form constants Since 20 of the (excitatory) lateralconnections in layers 2 and 3 of V1 end on inhibitory interneurons (Hirschamp Gilbert 1991) the overall action of the lateral connections can become in-hibitory especially at high levels of activity The mathematical consequenceof this inhibition is the selection of odd planforms that do not form continu-ous contours We have shown that even planforms that do form continuouscontours can be selected when the overall action of the lateral connection isinhibitory if the model assumes deviation away from the visuotopic axis byat least 45 degrees in the pattern of lateral connections (Bressloff et al 2001)(as opposed to our rst model in which connections between iso-orientationpatches are oriented along the visuotopic axis)

This might seem paradoxical given observations suggesting that thereare at least two circuits in V1 one dealing with contrast edges in whichthe relevant lateral connections have the anisotropy found by Bosking et al(1997) and others that might be involved with the processing of texturessurfaces and color contrast which seem to have a much more isotropic lat-eral connectivity (Livingstone amp Hubel 1984) However there are severalintriguing possibilities that make the analysis more plausible The rst canoccur in case V1 operates in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) In such an op-erating mode if the lateral interactions are not as weak as we have assumedin our analysis then even contoured planforms can form The second re-lated possibility can occur if at low levels of activity V1 operates initiallyin the Hubel-Wiesel mode and the lateral and long-range interactions areall excitatory (pc D qc D 0) so that a bulk instability occurs if the homo-geneous state becomes unstable which can be followed by the emergenceof patterned noncontoured planforms at the critical wavelength of about267 mm when the level of activity rises and the longer-ranged inhibitionis activated (pc D 0 qc 6D 0) until V1 operates in the coupled-ring modewhen the short-range inhibition is also activated (pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0) In sucha case even planforms can be selected by the anistropic connectivity sincethe degeneracy has already been broken by the noncontoured planformsA third possibility is related to an important gap in our current modelwe have not properly incorporated the observation that the distributionof orientation preferences in V1 is not spatially homogeneous In fact thewell-known orientation ldquopinwheelrdquo singularities originally found by Blas-del and Salama (1986) turn out to be regions in which the scatter or rateof change |Dw Dr| of differing orientation preference labels is highmdashabout20 degreesmdashwhereas in linear regions it is only about 10 degrees (Mal-donado amp Gray 1996) Such a difference leads to a second model circuit(centered on the orientation pinwheels) with a lateral patchy connectivitythat is effectively isotropic (Yan Dimitrov amp Cowan 2001) and thereforeconsistent with observations of the connectivity of pinwheel regions (Liv-ingstone amp Hubel 1984) In such a case even planforms are selected in thecoupled-ring mode Types I and II noncontoured form constants could alsoarise from a ldquolling-inrdquo process similar to that embodied in the retinex algo-

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 487

Figure 7 (a) Lattice tunnel hallucination seen following the taking of marijuana(redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) with the permission of Alan D Iselin(b) Simulation of the lattice tunnel generated by an even hexagonal roll patternon a square lattice

rithm of Land and McCann (1971) following the generation of types III or IVform constants in the coupled-ring mode The model allows for oscillatingor propagating waves as well as stationary patterns to arise from a bulkinstability Such waves are in fact observed many subjects who have takenLSD and similar hallucinogens report seeing bright white light at the centerof the visual eld which then ldquoexplodesrdquo into a hallucinatory image (Siegel1977) in at most 3 seconds corresponding to a propagation velocity in V1 ofabout 25 cm per second suggestive of slowly moving epileptiform activity(Senseman 1999) In this respect it is worth noting that in the continuumapproximation we use in this study both planforms arising when the long-range interactions are purely excitatory correspond to the perception of auniform bright white light

Finally it should be emphasized that many variants of the Kluver formconstants have been described some of which cannot be understood interms of the model we have introduced For example the lattice tunnelshown in Figure 7a is more complicated than any of the simple form con-stants shown earlier One intriguing possibility is that this image is gener-ated as a result of a mismatch between the corresponding planform andthe underlying structure of V1 We have (implicitly) assumed that V1 haspatchy connections that endow it with lattice properties It is clear fromthe optical image data (Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking et al 1997) thatthe cortical lattice is somewhat disordered Thus one might expect somedistortions to occur when planforms are spontaneously generated in such

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 7: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 479

Since each location in the visual eld is represented in V1 roughly speak-ing by a hypercolumn-sized region containing all orientations we treat rand w as independent variables so that all possible orientation preferencesexist at each corresponding position rR in the visual eld This continuumapproximation allows a mathematically tractable treatment of V1 as a lat-tice of hypercolumns Because the actual hypercolumn spacing (Hubel ampWiesel 1974) is about half the effective cortical wavelength of many of theimages we wish to study care must be taken in interpreting cortical activ-ity patterns as visual percepts In addition it is possible that lattice effectscould introduce deviations from the continuum model Within the contin-uum framework let w (r w | r0 w 0 ) be the strength or weight of connectionsfrom the iso-orientation patch at fx0 y0g D r0 in V1 with orientation pref-erence w 0 to the patch at fx yg D r with preference w We decompose w interms of local connections from elements within the same hypercolumn andpatchy lateral connections from elements in other hypercolumns that is

w(r w | r0 w 0 ) D wLOC (w iexcl w 0 )d (r iexcl r0 )

C bwLAT (s)d (r iexcl r0 iexcl sew )d (w iexcl w 0 ) (12)

where d (cent) is the Dirac delta function ew is a unit vector in the wndashdirectionb is a parameter that measures the weight of lateral relative to local con-nections and wLAT (s) is the weight of lateral connections between iso-orientation patches separated by a cortical distance s along a visuotopicaxis parallel to their orientation preference The fact that the lateral weightdepends ona rotated vector expresses its anisotropy Observations by Hirschand Gilbert (1991) suggest that b is small and therefore that the lateral con-nections modulate rather than drive V1 activity It can be shown (Wiener1994 Cowan 1997 Bressloff et al 2001) that the weighting function denedin equation 12 has a well-dened symmetry it is invariant with respect tocertain operations in the plane of V1ndashtranslations fr w g fr C u wg reec-tions fx y wg fx iexcly iexclw g anda rotation dened as fr w g fRh [r] w Ch gwhere Rh [r] is the vector r rotated by the angle h This form of the rotationoperation follows from the anisotropy of the lateral weighting function andcomprises a translation or shift of the orientation preference label w to w Ch together with a rotation or twist of the position vector r by the angle h Sucha shift-twist operation (Zweck amp Williams 2001) provides a novel way togenerate the Euclidean group E(2) of rigid motions in the plane The factthat the weighting function is invariant with respect to this form of E(2) hasimportant consequences for any model of the dynamics of V1 In particularthe equivariant branching lemma (Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) guaranteesthat when the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 becomes unstable new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of E(2) can arise These new stateswill be linear combinations of patterns we call planforms

480 P C Bressloff et al

2 A Model of the Dynamics of V1

Let a(r w t) be the average membrane potential or activity in an iso-orienta-tion patch at the point r with orientation preference w The activity variablea(r w t) evolves according to a generalization of the Wilson-Cowan equa-tions (Wilson amp Cowan 1973) that incorporates an additional degree offreedom to represent orientation preference and the continuum limit of theweighting function dened in equation 12

a(r w t)t

D iexclaa(r w t) Cm

p

Z p

0wLOC (w iexcl w 0 )s[a(r w 0 t)]dw 0

C ordm

Z 1

iexcl1wLAT (s)s[a(r C sew w t)] ds (21)

where a m and ordm D mb are respectively time and coupling constantsand s[a] is a smooth sigmoidal function of the activity a It remains only tospecify the form of the functions wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) In the single pop-ulation model considered here we do not distinguish between excitatoryand inhibitory neurons and therefore assume both wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) tobe ldquoMexican hatsrdquo of the generic form

siexcl11 exp(iexclx22s2

1 ) iexcl siexcl12 exp(iexclx2 2s2

2 ) (22)

with Fourier transform

W (p) D exp(iexcls21 p2) iexcl exp(iexcls2

2 p2)

(s1 lt s2) such that iso-orientation patches at nearby locations mutually ex-cite if they have similar orientation preferences and inhibit otherwise andsimilar iso-orientation patches at locations at least r0 mm apart mutuallyinhibit In models that distinguish between excitatory and inhibitory pop-ulations it is possible to achieve similar results using inverted Mexican hatfunctions that incorporate short-range inhibition and long-range excitationSuch models may provide a better t to anatomical data (Levitt Lund ampYoshioka 1996)

An equation F[a] D 0 is said to be equivariant with respect to a symmetryoperatorc if it commutes with it that is ifc F[a] D F[c a] It follows from theEuclidean symmetry of the weighting function w(r w | r0 w 0 ) with respectto the shift-twist action that equation 21 is equivariant with respect to itThis has important implications for the dynamics of our model of V1 Leta(r w ) D 0 be a homogeneous stationary state of equation 21 that dependssmoothly on the coupling parameter m When no iso-orientation patchesare activated it is easy to show that a(r w ) D 0 is stable for all values of m

less than a critical value m 0 (Ermentrout 1998) However the parameter m

can reach m 0 if for example the excitability of V1 is increased by the ac-tion of hallucinogens on brain stem nuclei such as the locus ceruleus or the

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 481

raphe nucleus which secrete the monoamines serotonin and noradrenalinIn such a case the homogeneous stationary state a(r w ) D 0 becomes un-stable If m remains close to m 0 then new stationary states develop thatare approximated by (nite) linear combinations of the eigenfunctions ofthe linearized version of equation 21 The equivariant branching lemma(Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) then guarantees the existence of new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of the Euclidean group E(2) Thismechanism by which dynamical systems with Mexican hat interactions cangenerate spatially periodic patterns that displace a homogeneous equilib-rium was rst introduced by Turing (1952) in his article on the chemicalbasis of morphogenesis

21 Eigenfunctions of V1 Computing the eigenvalues and associatedeigenfunctions of the linearized version of equation 21 is nontrivial largelybecause of the presence of the anisotropic lateral connections Howevergiven that lateral effects are only modulatory so that b iquest 1 degenerateRayleigh-Schrodinger perturbation theory can be used to compute them(Bressloff et al 2001) The results can be summarized as follows Let s1 bethe slope of s[a] at the stationary equilibrium a D 0 Then to lowest orderin b the eigenvalues lsect are

lsect (p q) D iexcla C m s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) sect WLAT (2p q)g] (23)

where WLOC (p) is the pth Fourier mode of wLOC (w ) and

WLAT (p q) D (iexcl1)pZ 1

0wLAT (s)J2p (qs) ds

is the Fourier transform of the lateral weight distribution with J2p (x) theBessel function of x of integer order 2p To these eigenvalues belong theassociated eigenfunctions

ordmsect (r w ) D cn usect (w iexcl wn) exp[ikn cent r]

C ccurrenn usectcurren (w iexcl wn) exp[iexclikn cent r] (24)

where kn D fq cos wn q sin wng and (to lowest order in b) usect (w ) D cos 2pw

or sin 2pw and the curren operator is complex conjugation These functions willbe recognized as plane waves modulated by even or odd phase-shifted p ndashperiodic functions cos[2p(w iexcl wn)] or sin[2p(w iexcl wn)] The relation betweenthe eigenvalues lsect and the wave numbers p and q given in equation 23 iscalled a dispersion relation In case lsect D 0 at m D m 0 equation 23 can berewritten as

m c Da

s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) C WLAT (2p q)g] (25)

482 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 4 Dispersion curves showing the marginal stability of the homogeneousmode of V1 Solid lines correspond to odd eigenfunctions dashed lines to evenones If V1 is in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) eigenfunctions in the form ofunmodulated plane waves or roll patterns can appear rst at the wave numbers(a) qc D 0 and (b) qc D 1 If V1 is in the coupledndashring mode (pc D 1) oddmodulated eigenfunctions can form rst at the wave numbers (c) qc D 0 and(d) qc D 1

and gives rise to themarginal stability curves plotted inFigure 4 Examinationof these curves indicates that the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 can lose itsstability in four differing ways as shown in Table 1

Table 1 Instabilities of V1

Wave Local LateralNumbers Interactions Interactions Eigenfunction

pc D qc D 0 Excitatory Excitatory cn

pc D 0 qc 6D 0 Excitatory Mexican hat cn cos[kn cent r]pc 6D 0 qc D 0 Mexican hat Excitatory cnusect (w iexcl wn ) C ccurren

nusectcurren (w iexcl wn )

pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0 Mexican hat Mexican hat cnusect (w iexcl wn ) cos[kn cent r]

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 483

We call responses with pc D 0 (rows 1 and 2) the Hubel-Wiesel mode of V1operation In such a mode any orientation tuning must be extrinsic to V1generated for example by local anisotropies of the geniculo-cortical map(Hubel amp Wiesel 1962) We call responses with pc 6D 0 (rows 3 and 4) thecoupled ring mode of V1 operation (Somers Nelson amp Sur 1996 Hansel ampSompolinsky 1997 Mundel Dimitrov amp Cowan 1997) In both cases themodel reduces to a system of coupled hypercolumns each modeled as a ringof interacting iso-orientation patches with local excitation and inhibitionEven if the lateral interactions are weak (b iquest 1) the orientation preferencesbecome spatially organized in a pattern given by some combination of theeigenfunctions ordmsect (r w )

3 Planforms and V1

It remains to compute the actual patterns of V1 activity that develop whenthe uniform state loses stability These patterns will be linear combina-tions of the eigenfunctions described above which we call planforms Tocompute them we nd those planforms that are left invariant by the ax-ial subgroups of E(2) under the shift-twist action An axial subgroup is arestricted set of the symmetry operators of a group whose action leaves in-variant a one-dimensional vector subspace containing essentially one plan-form We limit these planforms to regular tilings of the plane (Golubit-sky Stewart amp Schaeffer 1988) by restricting our computation to doublyperiodic planforms Given such a restriction there are only a nite num-ber of shift-twists to consider (modulo an arbitrary rotation of the wholeplane) and the axial subgroups and their planforms have either rhombicsquare or hexagonal symmetry To determine which planforms are stabi-lized by the nonlinearities of the system we use Lyapunov-Schmidt reduc-tion (Golubitsky et al 1988) and Poincar Acirce-Lindstedt perturbation theory(Walgraef 1997) to reduce the dynamics to a set of nonlinear equations forthe amplitudes cn in equation 24 Euclidean symmetry restricts the struc-ture of the amplitude equations to the form (on rhombic and square lat-tices)

ddt

cn D cn[(m iexcl m 0) iexcl c 0 |cn |2 iexcl 22X

m 6Dnc nm |cm |2] (31)

where c nm depends on Dw the angle between the two eigenvectors of thelattice We nd that all rhombic planforms with 30plusmn middot Dw middot 60plusmn are stableSimilar equations obtain for hexagonal lattices In general all such plan-forms on rhombic and hexagonal lattices are stable (in appropriate param-eter regimes) with respect to perturbations with the same lattice structureHowever square planforms on square lattices are unstable and give way tosimple roll planforms comprising one eigenfunction

484 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 5 V1 Planforms corresponding to some axial subgroups (a b) Rolland hexagonal patterns generated in V1 when it is in the Hubel-Wiesel operat-ing mode (c d) Honeycomb and square patterns generated when V1 is in thecoupled-ring operating mode

31 Form Constants as Stable Planforms Figure 5 shows some of the(mostly) stable planforms dened above in V1 coordinates and Figure 6in visual eld coordinates generated by plotting at each point r a con-tour element at the orientation w most strongly signaled at that pointmdashthatpointthat is for which a(r w ) is largest

These planforms are either contoured or noncontoured and correspondclosely to Kluverrsquos form constants In what we call the Hubel-Wiesel modeinteractions between iso-orientation patches in a single hypercolumn areweak and purely excitatory so individual hypercolumns do not amplify anyparticular orientation However if the long-range interactions are stronger

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 485

Figure 6 The same planforms as shown in Figure 5 drawn in visual eld coor-dinates Note however that the feathering around the edges of the bright blobsin b is a fortuitous numerical artifact

and effectively inhibitory then plane waves of cortical activity can emergewith no label for orientation preference The resulting planforms are callednoncontoured and correspond to the types I and II form constants as orig-inally proposed by Ermentrout and Cowan (1979) On the other hand ifcoupled-ring-mode interactions between neighboring iso-orientationpatches are strong enough so that even weakly biased activity can trigger asharply tuned response under the combined action of many interacting hy-percolumns plane waves labeled for orientation preference can emerge Theresulting planforms correspond to types III and IV form constants Theseresults suggest that the circuits in V1 that are normally involved in the de-tection of oriented edges and the formation of contours are also responsible

486 P C Bressloff et al

for the generation of the form constants Since 20 of the (excitatory) lateralconnections in layers 2 and 3 of V1 end on inhibitory interneurons (Hirschamp Gilbert 1991) the overall action of the lateral connections can become in-hibitory especially at high levels of activity The mathematical consequenceof this inhibition is the selection of odd planforms that do not form continu-ous contours We have shown that even planforms that do form continuouscontours can be selected when the overall action of the lateral connection isinhibitory if the model assumes deviation away from the visuotopic axis byat least 45 degrees in the pattern of lateral connections (Bressloff et al 2001)(as opposed to our rst model in which connections between iso-orientationpatches are oriented along the visuotopic axis)

This might seem paradoxical given observations suggesting that thereare at least two circuits in V1 one dealing with contrast edges in whichthe relevant lateral connections have the anisotropy found by Bosking et al(1997) and others that might be involved with the processing of texturessurfaces and color contrast which seem to have a much more isotropic lat-eral connectivity (Livingstone amp Hubel 1984) However there are severalintriguing possibilities that make the analysis more plausible The rst canoccur in case V1 operates in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) In such an op-erating mode if the lateral interactions are not as weak as we have assumedin our analysis then even contoured planforms can form The second re-lated possibility can occur if at low levels of activity V1 operates initiallyin the Hubel-Wiesel mode and the lateral and long-range interactions areall excitatory (pc D qc D 0) so that a bulk instability occurs if the homo-geneous state becomes unstable which can be followed by the emergenceof patterned noncontoured planforms at the critical wavelength of about267 mm when the level of activity rises and the longer-ranged inhibitionis activated (pc D 0 qc 6D 0) until V1 operates in the coupled-ring modewhen the short-range inhibition is also activated (pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0) In sucha case even planforms can be selected by the anistropic connectivity sincethe degeneracy has already been broken by the noncontoured planformsA third possibility is related to an important gap in our current modelwe have not properly incorporated the observation that the distributionof orientation preferences in V1 is not spatially homogeneous In fact thewell-known orientation ldquopinwheelrdquo singularities originally found by Blas-del and Salama (1986) turn out to be regions in which the scatter or rateof change |Dw Dr| of differing orientation preference labels is highmdashabout20 degreesmdashwhereas in linear regions it is only about 10 degrees (Mal-donado amp Gray 1996) Such a difference leads to a second model circuit(centered on the orientation pinwheels) with a lateral patchy connectivitythat is effectively isotropic (Yan Dimitrov amp Cowan 2001) and thereforeconsistent with observations of the connectivity of pinwheel regions (Liv-ingstone amp Hubel 1984) In such a case even planforms are selected in thecoupled-ring mode Types I and II noncontoured form constants could alsoarise from a ldquolling-inrdquo process similar to that embodied in the retinex algo-

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 487

Figure 7 (a) Lattice tunnel hallucination seen following the taking of marijuana(redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) with the permission of Alan D Iselin(b) Simulation of the lattice tunnel generated by an even hexagonal roll patternon a square lattice

rithm of Land and McCann (1971) following the generation of types III or IVform constants in the coupled-ring mode The model allows for oscillatingor propagating waves as well as stationary patterns to arise from a bulkinstability Such waves are in fact observed many subjects who have takenLSD and similar hallucinogens report seeing bright white light at the centerof the visual eld which then ldquoexplodesrdquo into a hallucinatory image (Siegel1977) in at most 3 seconds corresponding to a propagation velocity in V1 ofabout 25 cm per second suggestive of slowly moving epileptiform activity(Senseman 1999) In this respect it is worth noting that in the continuumapproximation we use in this study both planforms arising when the long-range interactions are purely excitatory correspond to the perception of auniform bright white light

Finally it should be emphasized that many variants of the Kluver formconstants have been described some of which cannot be understood interms of the model we have introduced For example the lattice tunnelshown in Figure 7a is more complicated than any of the simple form con-stants shown earlier One intriguing possibility is that this image is gener-ated as a result of a mismatch between the corresponding planform andthe underlying structure of V1 We have (implicitly) assumed that V1 haspatchy connections that endow it with lattice properties It is clear fromthe optical image data (Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking et al 1997) thatthe cortical lattice is somewhat disordered Thus one might expect somedistortions to occur when planforms are spontaneously generated in such

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 8: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

480 P C Bressloff et al

2 A Model of the Dynamics of V1

Let a(r w t) be the average membrane potential or activity in an iso-orienta-tion patch at the point r with orientation preference w The activity variablea(r w t) evolves according to a generalization of the Wilson-Cowan equa-tions (Wilson amp Cowan 1973) that incorporates an additional degree offreedom to represent orientation preference and the continuum limit of theweighting function dened in equation 12

a(r w t)t

D iexclaa(r w t) Cm

p

Z p

0wLOC (w iexcl w 0 )s[a(r w 0 t)]dw 0

C ordm

Z 1

iexcl1wLAT (s)s[a(r C sew w t)] ds (21)

where a m and ordm D mb are respectively time and coupling constantsand s[a] is a smooth sigmoidal function of the activity a It remains only tospecify the form of the functions wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) In the single pop-ulation model considered here we do not distinguish between excitatoryand inhibitory neurons and therefore assume both wLOC (w ) and wLAT (s) tobe ldquoMexican hatsrdquo of the generic form

siexcl11 exp(iexclx22s2

1 ) iexcl siexcl12 exp(iexclx2 2s2

2 ) (22)

with Fourier transform

W (p) D exp(iexcls21 p2) iexcl exp(iexcls2

2 p2)

(s1 lt s2) such that iso-orientation patches at nearby locations mutually ex-cite if they have similar orientation preferences and inhibit otherwise andsimilar iso-orientation patches at locations at least r0 mm apart mutuallyinhibit In models that distinguish between excitatory and inhibitory pop-ulations it is possible to achieve similar results using inverted Mexican hatfunctions that incorporate short-range inhibition and long-range excitationSuch models may provide a better t to anatomical data (Levitt Lund ampYoshioka 1996)

An equation F[a] D 0 is said to be equivariant with respect to a symmetryoperatorc if it commutes with it that is ifc F[a] D F[c a] It follows from theEuclidean symmetry of the weighting function w(r w | r0 w 0 ) with respectto the shift-twist action that equation 21 is equivariant with respect to itThis has important implications for the dynamics of our model of V1 Leta(r w ) D 0 be a homogeneous stationary state of equation 21 that dependssmoothly on the coupling parameter m When no iso-orientation patchesare activated it is easy to show that a(r w ) D 0 is stable for all values of m

less than a critical value m 0 (Ermentrout 1998) However the parameter m

can reach m 0 if for example the excitability of V1 is increased by the ac-tion of hallucinogens on brain stem nuclei such as the locus ceruleus or the

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 481

raphe nucleus which secrete the monoamines serotonin and noradrenalinIn such a case the homogeneous stationary state a(r w ) D 0 becomes un-stable If m remains close to m 0 then new stationary states develop thatare approximated by (nite) linear combinations of the eigenfunctions ofthe linearized version of equation 21 The equivariant branching lemma(Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) then guarantees the existence of new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of the Euclidean group E(2) Thismechanism by which dynamical systems with Mexican hat interactions cangenerate spatially periodic patterns that displace a homogeneous equilib-rium was rst introduced by Turing (1952) in his article on the chemicalbasis of morphogenesis

21 Eigenfunctions of V1 Computing the eigenvalues and associatedeigenfunctions of the linearized version of equation 21 is nontrivial largelybecause of the presence of the anisotropic lateral connections Howevergiven that lateral effects are only modulatory so that b iquest 1 degenerateRayleigh-Schrodinger perturbation theory can be used to compute them(Bressloff et al 2001) The results can be summarized as follows Let s1 bethe slope of s[a] at the stationary equilibrium a D 0 Then to lowest orderin b the eigenvalues lsect are

lsect (p q) D iexcla C m s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) sect WLAT (2p q)g] (23)

where WLOC (p) is the pth Fourier mode of wLOC (w ) and

WLAT (p q) D (iexcl1)pZ 1

0wLAT (s)J2p (qs) ds

is the Fourier transform of the lateral weight distribution with J2p (x) theBessel function of x of integer order 2p To these eigenvalues belong theassociated eigenfunctions

ordmsect (r w ) D cn usect (w iexcl wn) exp[ikn cent r]

C ccurrenn usectcurren (w iexcl wn) exp[iexclikn cent r] (24)

where kn D fq cos wn q sin wng and (to lowest order in b) usect (w ) D cos 2pw

or sin 2pw and the curren operator is complex conjugation These functions willbe recognized as plane waves modulated by even or odd phase-shifted p ndashperiodic functions cos[2p(w iexcl wn)] or sin[2p(w iexcl wn)] The relation betweenthe eigenvalues lsect and the wave numbers p and q given in equation 23 iscalled a dispersion relation In case lsect D 0 at m D m 0 equation 23 can berewritten as

m c Da

s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) C WLAT (2p q)g] (25)

482 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 4 Dispersion curves showing the marginal stability of the homogeneousmode of V1 Solid lines correspond to odd eigenfunctions dashed lines to evenones If V1 is in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) eigenfunctions in the form ofunmodulated plane waves or roll patterns can appear rst at the wave numbers(a) qc D 0 and (b) qc D 1 If V1 is in the coupledndashring mode (pc D 1) oddmodulated eigenfunctions can form rst at the wave numbers (c) qc D 0 and(d) qc D 1

and gives rise to themarginal stability curves plotted inFigure 4 Examinationof these curves indicates that the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 can lose itsstability in four differing ways as shown in Table 1

Table 1 Instabilities of V1

Wave Local LateralNumbers Interactions Interactions Eigenfunction

pc D qc D 0 Excitatory Excitatory cn

pc D 0 qc 6D 0 Excitatory Mexican hat cn cos[kn cent r]pc 6D 0 qc D 0 Mexican hat Excitatory cnusect (w iexcl wn ) C ccurren

nusectcurren (w iexcl wn )

pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0 Mexican hat Mexican hat cnusect (w iexcl wn ) cos[kn cent r]

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 483

We call responses with pc D 0 (rows 1 and 2) the Hubel-Wiesel mode of V1operation In such a mode any orientation tuning must be extrinsic to V1generated for example by local anisotropies of the geniculo-cortical map(Hubel amp Wiesel 1962) We call responses with pc 6D 0 (rows 3 and 4) thecoupled ring mode of V1 operation (Somers Nelson amp Sur 1996 Hansel ampSompolinsky 1997 Mundel Dimitrov amp Cowan 1997) In both cases themodel reduces to a system of coupled hypercolumns each modeled as a ringof interacting iso-orientation patches with local excitation and inhibitionEven if the lateral interactions are weak (b iquest 1) the orientation preferencesbecome spatially organized in a pattern given by some combination of theeigenfunctions ordmsect (r w )

3 Planforms and V1

It remains to compute the actual patterns of V1 activity that develop whenthe uniform state loses stability These patterns will be linear combina-tions of the eigenfunctions described above which we call planforms Tocompute them we nd those planforms that are left invariant by the ax-ial subgroups of E(2) under the shift-twist action An axial subgroup is arestricted set of the symmetry operators of a group whose action leaves in-variant a one-dimensional vector subspace containing essentially one plan-form We limit these planforms to regular tilings of the plane (Golubit-sky Stewart amp Schaeffer 1988) by restricting our computation to doublyperiodic planforms Given such a restriction there are only a nite num-ber of shift-twists to consider (modulo an arbitrary rotation of the wholeplane) and the axial subgroups and their planforms have either rhombicsquare or hexagonal symmetry To determine which planforms are stabi-lized by the nonlinearities of the system we use Lyapunov-Schmidt reduc-tion (Golubitsky et al 1988) and Poincar Acirce-Lindstedt perturbation theory(Walgraef 1997) to reduce the dynamics to a set of nonlinear equations forthe amplitudes cn in equation 24 Euclidean symmetry restricts the struc-ture of the amplitude equations to the form (on rhombic and square lat-tices)

ddt

cn D cn[(m iexcl m 0) iexcl c 0 |cn |2 iexcl 22X

m 6Dnc nm |cm |2] (31)

where c nm depends on Dw the angle between the two eigenvectors of thelattice We nd that all rhombic planforms with 30plusmn middot Dw middot 60plusmn are stableSimilar equations obtain for hexagonal lattices In general all such plan-forms on rhombic and hexagonal lattices are stable (in appropriate param-eter regimes) with respect to perturbations with the same lattice structureHowever square planforms on square lattices are unstable and give way tosimple roll planforms comprising one eigenfunction

484 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 5 V1 Planforms corresponding to some axial subgroups (a b) Rolland hexagonal patterns generated in V1 when it is in the Hubel-Wiesel operat-ing mode (c d) Honeycomb and square patterns generated when V1 is in thecoupled-ring operating mode

31 Form Constants as Stable Planforms Figure 5 shows some of the(mostly) stable planforms dened above in V1 coordinates and Figure 6in visual eld coordinates generated by plotting at each point r a con-tour element at the orientation w most strongly signaled at that pointmdashthatpointthat is for which a(r w ) is largest

These planforms are either contoured or noncontoured and correspondclosely to Kluverrsquos form constants In what we call the Hubel-Wiesel modeinteractions between iso-orientation patches in a single hypercolumn areweak and purely excitatory so individual hypercolumns do not amplify anyparticular orientation However if the long-range interactions are stronger

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 485

Figure 6 The same planforms as shown in Figure 5 drawn in visual eld coor-dinates Note however that the feathering around the edges of the bright blobsin b is a fortuitous numerical artifact

and effectively inhibitory then plane waves of cortical activity can emergewith no label for orientation preference The resulting planforms are callednoncontoured and correspond to the types I and II form constants as orig-inally proposed by Ermentrout and Cowan (1979) On the other hand ifcoupled-ring-mode interactions between neighboring iso-orientationpatches are strong enough so that even weakly biased activity can trigger asharply tuned response under the combined action of many interacting hy-percolumns plane waves labeled for orientation preference can emerge Theresulting planforms correspond to types III and IV form constants Theseresults suggest that the circuits in V1 that are normally involved in the de-tection of oriented edges and the formation of contours are also responsible

486 P C Bressloff et al

for the generation of the form constants Since 20 of the (excitatory) lateralconnections in layers 2 and 3 of V1 end on inhibitory interneurons (Hirschamp Gilbert 1991) the overall action of the lateral connections can become in-hibitory especially at high levels of activity The mathematical consequenceof this inhibition is the selection of odd planforms that do not form continu-ous contours We have shown that even planforms that do form continuouscontours can be selected when the overall action of the lateral connection isinhibitory if the model assumes deviation away from the visuotopic axis byat least 45 degrees in the pattern of lateral connections (Bressloff et al 2001)(as opposed to our rst model in which connections between iso-orientationpatches are oriented along the visuotopic axis)

This might seem paradoxical given observations suggesting that thereare at least two circuits in V1 one dealing with contrast edges in whichthe relevant lateral connections have the anisotropy found by Bosking et al(1997) and others that might be involved with the processing of texturessurfaces and color contrast which seem to have a much more isotropic lat-eral connectivity (Livingstone amp Hubel 1984) However there are severalintriguing possibilities that make the analysis more plausible The rst canoccur in case V1 operates in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) In such an op-erating mode if the lateral interactions are not as weak as we have assumedin our analysis then even contoured planforms can form The second re-lated possibility can occur if at low levels of activity V1 operates initiallyin the Hubel-Wiesel mode and the lateral and long-range interactions areall excitatory (pc D qc D 0) so that a bulk instability occurs if the homo-geneous state becomes unstable which can be followed by the emergenceof patterned noncontoured planforms at the critical wavelength of about267 mm when the level of activity rises and the longer-ranged inhibitionis activated (pc D 0 qc 6D 0) until V1 operates in the coupled-ring modewhen the short-range inhibition is also activated (pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0) In sucha case even planforms can be selected by the anistropic connectivity sincethe degeneracy has already been broken by the noncontoured planformsA third possibility is related to an important gap in our current modelwe have not properly incorporated the observation that the distributionof orientation preferences in V1 is not spatially homogeneous In fact thewell-known orientation ldquopinwheelrdquo singularities originally found by Blas-del and Salama (1986) turn out to be regions in which the scatter or rateof change |Dw Dr| of differing orientation preference labels is highmdashabout20 degreesmdashwhereas in linear regions it is only about 10 degrees (Mal-donado amp Gray 1996) Such a difference leads to a second model circuit(centered on the orientation pinwheels) with a lateral patchy connectivitythat is effectively isotropic (Yan Dimitrov amp Cowan 2001) and thereforeconsistent with observations of the connectivity of pinwheel regions (Liv-ingstone amp Hubel 1984) In such a case even planforms are selected in thecoupled-ring mode Types I and II noncontoured form constants could alsoarise from a ldquolling-inrdquo process similar to that embodied in the retinex algo-

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 487

Figure 7 (a) Lattice tunnel hallucination seen following the taking of marijuana(redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) with the permission of Alan D Iselin(b) Simulation of the lattice tunnel generated by an even hexagonal roll patternon a square lattice

rithm of Land and McCann (1971) following the generation of types III or IVform constants in the coupled-ring mode The model allows for oscillatingor propagating waves as well as stationary patterns to arise from a bulkinstability Such waves are in fact observed many subjects who have takenLSD and similar hallucinogens report seeing bright white light at the centerof the visual eld which then ldquoexplodesrdquo into a hallucinatory image (Siegel1977) in at most 3 seconds corresponding to a propagation velocity in V1 ofabout 25 cm per second suggestive of slowly moving epileptiform activity(Senseman 1999) In this respect it is worth noting that in the continuumapproximation we use in this study both planforms arising when the long-range interactions are purely excitatory correspond to the perception of auniform bright white light

Finally it should be emphasized that many variants of the Kluver formconstants have been described some of which cannot be understood interms of the model we have introduced For example the lattice tunnelshown in Figure 7a is more complicated than any of the simple form con-stants shown earlier One intriguing possibility is that this image is gener-ated as a result of a mismatch between the corresponding planform andthe underlying structure of V1 We have (implicitly) assumed that V1 haspatchy connections that endow it with lattice properties It is clear fromthe optical image data (Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking et al 1997) thatthe cortical lattice is somewhat disordered Thus one might expect somedistortions to occur when planforms are spontaneously generated in such

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 9: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 481

raphe nucleus which secrete the monoamines serotonin and noradrenalinIn such a case the homogeneous stationary state a(r w ) D 0 becomes un-stable If m remains close to m 0 then new stationary states develop thatare approximated by (nite) linear combinations of the eigenfunctions ofthe linearized version of equation 21 The equivariant branching lemma(Golubitsky amp Schaeffer 1985) then guarantees the existence of new stateswith the symmetry of certain subgroups of the Euclidean group E(2) Thismechanism by which dynamical systems with Mexican hat interactions cangenerate spatially periodic patterns that displace a homogeneous equilib-rium was rst introduced by Turing (1952) in his article on the chemicalbasis of morphogenesis

21 Eigenfunctions of V1 Computing the eigenvalues and associatedeigenfunctions of the linearized version of equation 21 is nontrivial largelybecause of the presence of the anisotropic lateral connections Howevergiven that lateral effects are only modulatory so that b iquest 1 degenerateRayleigh-Schrodinger perturbation theory can be used to compute them(Bressloff et al 2001) The results can be summarized as follows Let s1 bethe slope of s[a] at the stationary equilibrium a D 0 Then to lowest orderin b the eigenvalues lsect are

lsect (p q) D iexcla C m s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) sect WLAT (2p q)g] (23)

where WLOC (p) is the pth Fourier mode of wLOC (w ) and

WLAT (p q) D (iexcl1)pZ 1

0wLAT (s)J2p (qs) ds

is the Fourier transform of the lateral weight distribution with J2p (x) theBessel function of x of integer order 2p To these eigenvalues belong theassociated eigenfunctions

ordmsect (r w ) D cn usect (w iexcl wn) exp[ikn cent r]

C ccurrenn usectcurren (w iexcl wn) exp[iexclikn cent r] (24)

where kn D fq cos wn q sin wng and (to lowest order in b) usect (w ) D cos 2pw

or sin 2pw and the curren operator is complex conjugation These functions willbe recognized as plane waves modulated by even or odd phase-shifted p ndashperiodic functions cos[2p(w iexcl wn)] or sin[2p(w iexcl wn)] The relation betweenthe eigenvalues lsect and the wave numbers p and q given in equation 23 iscalled a dispersion relation In case lsect D 0 at m D m 0 equation 23 can berewritten as

m c Da

s1[WLOC (p) C bfWLAT (0 q) C WLAT (2p q)g] (25)

482 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 4 Dispersion curves showing the marginal stability of the homogeneousmode of V1 Solid lines correspond to odd eigenfunctions dashed lines to evenones If V1 is in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) eigenfunctions in the form ofunmodulated plane waves or roll patterns can appear rst at the wave numbers(a) qc D 0 and (b) qc D 1 If V1 is in the coupledndashring mode (pc D 1) oddmodulated eigenfunctions can form rst at the wave numbers (c) qc D 0 and(d) qc D 1

and gives rise to themarginal stability curves plotted inFigure 4 Examinationof these curves indicates that the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 can lose itsstability in four differing ways as shown in Table 1

Table 1 Instabilities of V1

Wave Local LateralNumbers Interactions Interactions Eigenfunction

pc D qc D 0 Excitatory Excitatory cn

pc D 0 qc 6D 0 Excitatory Mexican hat cn cos[kn cent r]pc 6D 0 qc D 0 Mexican hat Excitatory cnusect (w iexcl wn ) C ccurren

nusectcurren (w iexcl wn )

pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0 Mexican hat Mexican hat cnusect (w iexcl wn ) cos[kn cent r]

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 483

We call responses with pc D 0 (rows 1 and 2) the Hubel-Wiesel mode of V1operation In such a mode any orientation tuning must be extrinsic to V1generated for example by local anisotropies of the geniculo-cortical map(Hubel amp Wiesel 1962) We call responses with pc 6D 0 (rows 3 and 4) thecoupled ring mode of V1 operation (Somers Nelson amp Sur 1996 Hansel ampSompolinsky 1997 Mundel Dimitrov amp Cowan 1997) In both cases themodel reduces to a system of coupled hypercolumns each modeled as a ringof interacting iso-orientation patches with local excitation and inhibitionEven if the lateral interactions are weak (b iquest 1) the orientation preferencesbecome spatially organized in a pattern given by some combination of theeigenfunctions ordmsect (r w )

3 Planforms and V1

It remains to compute the actual patterns of V1 activity that develop whenthe uniform state loses stability These patterns will be linear combina-tions of the eigenfunctions described above which we call planforms Tocompute them we nd those planforms that are left invariant by the ax-ial subgroups of E(2) under the shift-twist action An axial subgroup is arestricted set of the symmetry operators of a group whose action leaves in-variant a one-dimensional vector subspace containing essentially one plan-form We limit these planforms to regular tilings of the plane (Golubit-sky Stewart amp Schaeffer 1988) by restricting our computation to doublyperiodic planforms Given such a restriction there are only a nite num-ber of shift-twists to consider (modulo an arbitrary rotation of the wholeplane) and the axial subgroups and their planforms have either rhombicsquare or hexagonal symmetry To determine which planforms are stabi-lized by the nonlinearities of the system we use Lyapunov-Schmidt reduc-tion (Golubitsky et al 1988) and Poincar Acirce-Lindstedt perturbation theory(Walgraef 1997) to reduce the dynamics to a set of nonlinear equations forthe amplitudes cn in equation 24 Euclidean symmetry restricts the struc-ture of the amplitude equations to the form (on rhombic and square lat-tices)

ddt

cn D cn[(m iexcl m 0) iexcl c 0 |cn |2 iexcl 22X

m 6Dnc nm |cm |2] (31)

where c nm depends on Dw the angle between the two eigenvectors of thelattice We nd that all rhombic planforms with 30plusmn middot Dw middot 60plusmn are stableSimilar equations obtain for hexagonal lattices In general all such plan-forms on rhombic and hexagonal lattices are stable (in appropriate param-eter regimes) with respect to perturbations with the same lattice structureHowever square planforms on square lattices are unstable and give way tosimple roll planforms comprising one eigenfunction

484 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 5 V1 Planforms corresponding to some axial subgroups (a b) Rolland hexagonal patterns generated in V1 when it is in the Hubel-Wiesel operat-ing mode (c d) Honeycomb and square patterns generated when V1 is in thecoupled-ring operating mode

31 Form Constants as Stable Planforms Figure 5 shows some of the(mostly) stable planforms dened above in V1 coordinates and Figure 6in visual eld coordinates generated by plotting at each point r a con-tour element at the orientation w most strongly signaled at that pointmdashthatpointthat is for which a(r w ) is largest

These planforms are either contoured or noncontoured and correspondclosely to Kluverrsquos form constants In what we call the Hubel-Wiesel modeinteractions between iso-orientation patches in a single hypercolumn areweak and purely excitatory so individual hypercolumns do not amplify anyparticular orientation However if the long-range interactions are stronger

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 485

Figure 6 The same planforms as shown in Figure 5 drawn in visual eld coor-dinates Note however that the feathering around the edges of the bright blobsin b is a fortuitous numerical artifact

and effectively inhibitory then plane waves of cortical activity can emergewith no label for orientation preference The resulting planforms are callednoncontoured and correspond to the types I and II form constants as orig-inally proposed by Ermentrout and Cowan (1979) On the other hand ifcoupled-ring-mode interactions between neighboring iso-orientationpatches are strong enough so that even weakly biased activity can trigger asharply tuned response under the combined action of many interacting hy-percolumns plane waves labeled for orientation preference can emerge Theresulting planforms correspond to types III and IV form constants Theseresults suggest that the circuits in V1 that are normally involved in the de-tection of oriented edges and the formation of contours are also responsible

486 P C Bressloff et al

for the generation of the form constants Since 20 of the (excitatory) lateralconnections in layers 2 and 3 of V1 end on inhibitory interneurons (Hirschamp Gilbert 1991) the overall action of the lateral connections can become in-hibitory especially at high levels of activity The mathematical consequenceof this inhibition is the selection of odd planforms that do not form continu-ous contours We have shown that even planforms that do form continuouscontours can be selected when the overall action of the lateral connection isinhibitory if the model assumes deviation away from the visuotopic axis byat least 45 degrees in the pattern of lateral connections (Bressloff et al 2001)(as opposed to our rst model in which connections between iso-orientationpatches are oriented along the visuotopic axis)

This might seem paradoxical given observations suggesting that thereare at least two circuits in V1 one dealing with contrast edges in whichthe relevant lateral connections have the anisotropy found by Bosking et al(1997) and others that might be involved with the processing of texturessurfaces and color contrast which seem to have a much more isotropic lat-eral connectivity (Livingstone amp Hubel 1984) However there are severalintriguing possibilities that make the analysis more plausible The rst canoccur in case V1 operates in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) In such an op-erating mode if the lateral interactions are not as weak as we have assumedin our analysis then even contoured planforms can form The second re-lated possibility can occur if at low levels of activity V1 operates initiallyin the Hubel-Wiesel mode and the lateral and long-range interactions areall excitatory (pc D qc D 0) so that a bulk instability occurs if the homo-geneous state becomes unstable which can be followed by the emergenceof patterned noncontoured planforms at the critical wavelength of about267 mm when the level of activity rises and the longer-ranged inhibitionis activated (pc D 0 qc 6D 0) until V1 operates in the coupled-ring modewhen the short-range inhibition is also activated (pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0) In sucha case even planforms can be selected by the anistropic connectivity sincethe degeneracy has already been broken by the noncontoured planformsA third possibility is related to an important gap in our current modelwe have not properly incorporated the observation that the distributionof orientation preferences in V1 is not spatially homogeneous In fact thewell-known orientation ldquopinwheelrdquo singularities originally found by Blas-del and Salama (1986) turn out to be regions in which the scatter or rateof change |Dw Dr| of differing orientation preference labels is highmdashabout20 degreesmdashwhereas in linear regions it is only about 10 degrees (Mal-donado amp Gray 1996) Such a difference leads to a second model circuit(centered on the orientation pinwheels) with a lateral patchy connectivitythat is effectively isotropic (Yan Dimitrov amp Cowan 2001) and thereforeconsistent with observations of the connectivity of pinwheel regions (Liv-ingstone amp Hubel 1984) In such a case even planforms are selected in thecoupled-ring mode Types I and II noncontoured form constants could alsoarise from a ldquolling-inrdquo process similar to that embodied in the retinex algo-

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 487

Figure 7 (a) Lattice tunnel hallucination seen following the taking of marijuana(redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) with the permission of Alan D Iselin(b) Simulation of the lattice tunnel generated by an even hexagonal roll patternon a square lattice

rithm of Land and McCann (1971) following the generation of types III or IVform constants in the coupled-ring mode The model allows for oscillatingor propagating waves as well as stationary patterns to arise from a bulkinstability Such waves are in fact observed many subjects who have takenLSD and similar hallucinogens report seeing bright white light at the centerof the visual eld which then ldquoexplodesrdquo into a hallucinatory image (Siegel1977) in at most 3 seconds corresponding to a propagation velocity in V1 ofabout 25 cm per second suggestive of slowly moving epileptiform activity(Senseman 1999) In this respect it is worth noting that in the continuumapproximation we use in this study both planforms arising when the long-range interactions are purely excitatory correspond to the perception of auniform bright white light

Finally it should be emphasized that many variants of the Kluver formconstants have been described some of which cannot be understood interms of the model we have introduced For example the lattice tunnelshown in Figure 7a is more complicated than any of the simple form con-stants shown earlier One intriguing possibility is that this image is gener-ated as a result of a mismatch between the corresponding planform andthe underlying structure of V1 We have (implicitly) assumed that V1 haspatchy connections that endow it with lattice properties It is clear fromthe optical image data (Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking et al 1997) thatthe cortical lattice is somewhat disordered Thus one might expect somedistortions to occur when planforms are spontaneously generated in such

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 10: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

482 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 4 Dispersion curves showing the marginal stability of the homogeneousmode of V1 Solid lines correspond to odd eigenfunctions dashed lines to evenones If V1 is in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) eigenfunctions in the form ofunmodulated plane waves or roll patterns can appear rst at the wave numbers(a) qc D 0 and (b) qc D 1 If V1 is in the coupledndashring mode (pc D 1) oddmodulated eigenfunctions can form rst at the wave numbers (c) qc D 0 and(d) qc D 1

and gives rise to themarginal stability curves plotted inFigure 4 Examinationof these curves indicates that the homogeneous state a(r w ) D 0 can lose itsstability in four differing ways as shown in Table 1

Table 1 Instabilities of V1

Wave Local LateralNumbers Interactions Interactions Eigenfunction

pc D qc D 0 Excitatory Excitatory cn

pc D 0 qc 6D 0 Excitatory Mexican hat cn cos[kn cent r]pc 6D 0 qc D 0 Mexican hat Excitatory cnusect (w iexcl wn ) C ccurren

nusectcurren (w iexcl wn )

pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0 Mexican hat Mexican hat cnusect (w iexcl wn ) cos[kn cent r]

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 483

We call responses with pc D 0 (rows 1 and 2) the Hubel-Wiesel mode of V1operation In such a mode any orientation tuning must be extrinsic to V1generated for example by local anisotropies of the geniculo-cortical map(Hubel amp Wiesel 1962) We call responses with pc 6D 0 (rows 3 and 4) thecoupled ring mode of V1 operation (Somers Nelson amp Sur 1996 Hansel ampSompolinsky 1997 Mundel Dimitrov amp Cowan 1997) In both cases themodel reduces to a system of coupled hypercolumns each modeled as a ringof interacting iso-orientation patches with local excitation and inhibitionEven if the lateral interactions are weak (b iquest 1) the orientation preferencesbecome spatially organized in a pattern given by some combination of theeigenfunctions ordmsect (r w )

3 Planforms and V1

It remains to compute the actual patterns of V1 activity that develop whenthe uniform state loses stability These patterns will be linear combina-tions of the eigenfunctions described above which we call planforms Tocompute them we nd those planforms that are left invariant by the ax-ial subgroups of E(2) under the shift-twist action An axial subgroup is arestricted set of the symmetry operators of a group whose action leaves in-variant a one-dimensional vector subspace containing essentially one plan-form We limit these planforms to regular tilings of the plane (Golubit-sky Stewart amp Schaeffer 1988) by restricting our computation to doublyperiodic planforms Given such a restriction there are only a nite num-ber of shift-twists to consider (modulo an arbitrary rotation of the wholeplane) and the axial subgroups and their planforms have either rhombicsquare or hexagonal symmetry To determine which planforms are stabi-lized by the nonlinearities of the system we use Lyapunov-Schmidt reduc-tion (Golubitsky et al 1988) and Poincar Acirce-Lindstedt perturbation theory(Walgraef 1997) to reduce the dynamics to a set of nonlinear equations forthe amplitudes cn in equation 24 Euclidean symmetry restricts the struc-ture of the amplitude equations to the form (on rhombic and square lat-tices)

ddt

cn D cn[(m iexcl m 0) iexcl c 0 |cn |2 iexcl 22X

m 6Dnc nm |cm |2] (31)

where c nm depends on Dw the angle between the two eigenvectors of thelattice We nd that all rhombic planforms with 30plusmn middot Dw middot 60plusmn are stableSimilar equations obtain for hexagonal lattices In general all such plan-forms on rhombic and hexagonal lattices are stable (in appropriate param-eter regimes) with respect to perturbations with the same lattice structureHowever square planforms on square lattices are unstable and give way tosimple roll planforms comprising one eigenfunction

484 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 5 V1 Planforms corresponding to some axial subgroups (a b) Rolland hexagonal patterns generated in V1 when it is in the Hubel-Wiesel operat-ing mode (c d) Honeycomb and square patterns generated when V1 is in thecoupled-ring operating mode

31 Form Constants as Stable Planforms Figure 5 shows some of the(mostly) stable planforms dened above in V1 coordinates and Figure 6in visual eld coordinates generated by plotting at each point r a con-tour element at the orientation w most strongly signaled at that pointmdashthatpointthat is for which a(r w ) is largest

These planforms are either contoured or noncontoured and correspondclosely to Kluverrsquos form constants In what we call the Hubel-Wiesel modeinteractions between iso-orientation patches in a single hypercolumn areweak and purely excitatory so individual hypercolumns do not amplify anyparticular orientation However if the long-range interactions are stronger

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 485

Figure 6 The same planforms as shown in Figure 5 drawn in visual eld coor-dinates Note however that the feathering around the edges of the bright blobsin b is a fortuitous numerical artifact

and effectively inhibitory then plane waves of cortical activity can emergewith no label for orientation preference The resulting planforms are callednoncontoured and correspond to the types I and II form constants as orig-inally proposed by Ermentrout and Cowan (1979) On the other hand ifcoupled-ring-mode interactions between neighboring iso-orientationpatches are strong enough so that even weakly biased activity can trigger asharply tuned response under the combined action of many interacting hy-percolumns plane waves labeled for orientation preference can emerge Theresulting planforms correspond to types III and IV form constants Theseresults suggest that the circuits in V1 that are normally involved in the de-tection of oriented edges and the formation of contours are also responsible

486 P C Bressloff et al

for the generation of the form constants Since 20 of the (excitatory) lateralconnections in layers 2 and 3 of V1 end on inhibitory interneurons (Hirschamp Gilbert 1991) the overall action of the lateral connections can become in-hibitory especially at high levels of activity The mathematical consequenceof this inhibition is the selection of odd planforms that do not form continu-ous contours We have shown that even planforms that do form continuouscontours can be selected when the overall action of the lateral connection isinhibitory if the model assumes deviation away from the visuotopic axis byat least 45 degrees in the pattern of lateral connections (Bressloff et al 2001)(as opposed to our rst model in which connections between iso-orientationpatches are oriented along the visuotopic axis)

This might seem paradoxical given observations suggesting that thereare at least two circuits in V1 one dealing with contrast edges in whichthe relevant lateral connections have the anisotropy found by Bosking et al(1997) and others that might be involved with the processing of texturessurfaces and color contrast which seem to have a much more isotropic lat-eral connectivity (Livingstone amp Hubel 1984) However there are severalintriguing possibilities that make the analysis more plausible The rst canoccur in case V1 operates in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) In such an op-erating mode if the lateral interactions are not as weak as we have assumedin our analysis then even contoured planforms can form The second re-lated possibility can occur if at low levels of activity V1 operates initiallyin the Hubel-Wiesel mode and the lateral and long-range interactions areall excitatory (pc D qc D 0) so that a bulk instability occurs if the homo-geneous state becomes unstable which can be followed by the emergenceof patterned noncontoured planforms at the critical wavelength of about267 mm when the level of activity rises and the longer-ranged inhibitionis activated (pc D 0 qc 6D 0) until V1 operates in the coupled-ring modewhen the short-range inhibition is also activated (pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0) In sucha case even planforms can be selected by the anistropic connectivity sincethe degeneracy has already been broken by the noncontoured planformsA third possibility is related to an important gap in our current modelwe have not properly incorporated the observation that the distributionof orientation preferences in V1 is not spatially homogeneous In fact thewell-known orientation ldquopinwheelrdquo singularities originally found by Blas-del and Salama (1986) turn out to be regions in which the scatter or rateof change |Dw Dr| of differing orientation preference labels is highmdashabout20 degreesmdashwhereas in linear regions it is only about 10 degrees (Mal-donado amp Gray 1996) Such a difference leads to a second model circuit(centered on the orientation pinwheels) with a lateral patchy connectivitythat is effectively isotropic (Yan Dimitrov amp Cowan 2001) and thereforeconsistent with observations of the connectivity of pinwheel regions (Liv-ingstone amp Hubel 1984) In such a case even planforms are selected in thecoupled-ring mode Types I and II noncontoured form constants could alsoarise from a ldquolling-inrdquo process similar to that embodied in the retinex algo-

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 487

Figure 7 (a) Lattice tunnel hallucination seen following the taking of marijuana(redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) with the permission of Alan D Iselin(b) Simulation of the lattice tunnel generated by an even hexagonal roll patternon a square lattice

rithm of Land and McCann (1971) following the generation of types III or IVform constants in the coupled-ring mode The model allows for oscillatingor propagating waves as well as stationary patterns to arise from a bulkinstability Such waves are in fact observed many subjects who have takenLSD and similar hallucinogens report seeing bright white light at the centerof the visual eld which then ldquoexplodesrdquo into a hallucinatory image (Siegel1977) in at most 3 seconds corresponding to a propagation velocity in V1 ofabout 25 cm per second suggestive of slowly moving epileptiform activity(Senseman 1999) In this respect it is worth noting that in the continuumapproximation we use in this study both planforms arising when the long-range interactions are purely excitatory correspond to the perception of auniform bright white light

Finally it should be emphasized that many variants of the Kluver formconstants have been described some of which cannot be understood interms of the model we have introduced For example the lattice tunnelshown in Figure 7a is more complicated than any of the simple form con-stants shown earlier One intriguing possibility is that this image is gener-ated as a result of a mismatch between the corresponding planform andthe underlying structure of V1 We have (implicitly) assumed that V1 haspatchy connections that endow it with lattice properties It is clear fromthe optical image data (Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking et al 1997) thatthe cortical lattice is somewhat disordered Thus one might expect somedistortions to occur when planforms are spontaneously generated in such

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 11: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 483

We call responses with pc D 0 (rows 1 and 2) the Hubel-Wiesel mode of V1operation In such a mode any orientation tuning must be extrinsic to V1generated for example by local anisotropies of the geniculo-cortical map(Hubel amp Wiesel 1962) We call responses with pc 6D 0 (rows 3 and 4) thecoupled ring mode of V1 operation (Somers Nelson amp Sur 1996 Hansel ampSompolinsky 1997 Mundel Dimitrov amp Cowan 1997) In both cases themodel reduces to a system of coupled hypercolumns each modeled as a ringof interacting iso-orientation patches with local excitation and inhibitionEven if the lateral interactions are weak (b iquest 1) the orientation preferencesbecome spatially organized in a pattern given by some combination of theeigenfunctions ordmsect (r w )

3 Planforms and V1

It remains to compute the actual patterns of V1 activity that develop whenthe uniform state loses stability These patterns will be linear combina-tions of the eigenfunctions described above which we call planforms Tocompute them we nd those planforms that are left invariant by the ax-ial subgroups of E(2) under the shift-twist action An axial subgroup is arestricted set of the symmetry operators of a group whose action leaves in-variant a one-dimensional vector subspace containing essentially one plan-form We limit these planforms to regular tilings of the plane (Golubit-sky Stewart amp Schaeffer 1988) by restricting our computation to doublyperiodic planforms Given such a restriction there are only a nite num-ber of shift-twists to consider (modulo an arbitrary rotation of the wholeplane) and the axial subgroups and their planforms have either rhombicsquare or hexagonal symmetry To determine which planforms are stabi-lized by the nonlinearities of the system we use Lyapunov-Schmidt reduc-tion (Golubitsky et al 1988) and Poincar Acirce-Lindstedt perturbation theory(Walgraef 1997) to reduce the dynamics to a set of nonlinear equations forthe amplitudes cn in equation 24 Euclidean symmetry restricts the struc-ture of the amplitude equations to the form (on rhombic and square lat-tices)

ddt

cn D cn[(m iexcl m 0) iexcl c 0 |cn |2 iexcl 22X

m 6Dnc nm |cm |2] (31)

where c nm depends on Dw the angle between the two eigenvectors of thelattice We nd that all rhombic planforms with 30plusmn middot Dw middot 60plusmn are stableSimilar equations obtain for hexagonal lattices In general all such plan-forms on rhombic and hexagonal lattices are stable (in appropriate param-eter regimes) with respect to perturbations with the same lattice structureHowever square planforms on square lattices are unstable and give way tosimple roll planforms comprising one eigenfunction

484 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 5 V1 Planforms corresponding to some axial subgroups (a b) Rolland hexagonal patterns generated in V1 when it is in the Hubel-Wiesel operat-ing mode (c d) Honeycomb and square patterns generated when V1 is in thecoupled-ring operating mode

31 Form Constants as Stable Planforms Figure 5 shows some of the(mostly) stable planforms dened above in V1 coordinates and Figure 6in visual eld coordinates generated by plotting at each point r a con-tour element at the orientation w most strongly signaled at that pointmdashthatpointthat is for which a(r w ) is largest

These planforms are either contoured or noncontoured and correspondclosely to Kluverrsquos form constants In what we call the Hubel-Wiesel modeinteractions between iso-orientation patches in a single hypercolumn areweak and purely excitatory so individual hypercolumns do not amplify anyparticular orientation However if the long-range interactions are stronger

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 485

Figure 6 The same planforms as shown in Figure 5 drawn in visual eld coor-dinates Note however that the feathering around the edges of the bright blobsin b is a fortuitous numerical artifact

and effectively inhibitory then plane waves of cortical activity can emergewith no label for orientation preference The resulting planforms are callednoncontoured and correspond to the types I and II form constants as orig-inally proposed by Ermentrout and Cowan (1979) On the other hand ifcoupled-ring-mode interactions between neighboring iso-orientationpatches are strong enough so that even weakly biased activity can trigger asharply tuned response under the combined action of many interacting hy-percolumns plane waves labeled for orientation preference can emerge Theresulting planforms correspond to types III and IV form constants Theseresults suggest that the circuits in V1 that are normally involved in the de-tection of oriented edges and the formation of contours are also responsible

486 P C Bressloff et al

for the generation of the form constants Since 20 of the (excitatory) lateralconnections in layers 2 and 3 of V1 end on inhibitory interneurons (Hirschamp Gilbert 1991) the overall action of the lateral connections can become in-hibitory especially at high levels of activity The mathematical consequenceof this inhibition is the selection of odd planforms that do not form continu-ous contours We have shown that even planforms that do form continuouscontours can be selected when the overall action of the lateral connection isinhibitory if the model assumes deviation away from the visuotopic axis byat least 45 degrees in the pattern of lateral connections (Bressloff et al 2001)(as opposed to our rst model in which connections between iso-orientationpatches are oriented along the visuotopic axis)

This might seem paradoxical given observations suggesting that thereare at least two circuits in V1 one dealing with contrast edges in whichthe relevant lateral connections have the anisotropy found by Bosking et al(1997) and others that might be involved with the processing of texturessurfaces and color contrast which seem to have a much more isotropic lat-eral connectivity (Livingstone amp Hubel 1984) However there are severalintriguing possibilities that make the analysis more plausible The rst canoccur in case V1 operates in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) In such an op-erating mode if the lateral interactions are not as weak as we have assumedin our analysis then even contoured planforms can form The second re-lated possibility can occur if at low levels of activity V1 operates initiallyin the Hubel-Wiesel mode and the lateral and long-range interactions areall excitatory (pc D qc D 0) so that a bulk instability occurs if the homo-geneous state becomes unstable which can be followed by the emergenceof patterned noncontoured planforms at the critical wavelength of about267 mm when the level of activity rises and the longer-ranged inhibitionis activated (pc D 0 qc 6D 0) until V1 operates in the coupled-ring modewhen the short-range inhibition is also activated (pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0) In sucha case even planforms can be selected by the anistropic connectivity sincethe degeneracy has already been broken by the noncontoured planformsA third possibility is related to an important gap in our current modelwe have not properly incorporated the observation that the distributionof orientation preferences in V1 is not spatially homogeneous In fact thewell-known orientation ldquopinwheelrdquo singularities originally found by Blas-del and Salama (1986) turn out to be regions in which the scatter or rateof change |Dw Dr| of differing orientation preference labels is highmdashabout20 degreesmdashwhereas in linear regions it is only about 10 degrees (Mal-donado amp Gray 1996) Such a difference leads to a second model circuit(centered on the orientation pinwheels) with a lateral patchy connectivitythat is effectively isotropic (Yan Dimitrov amp Cowan 2001) and thereforeconsistent with observations of the connectivity of pinwheel regions (Liv-ingstone amp Hubel 1984) In such a case even planforms are selected in thecoupled-ring mode Types I and II noncontoured form constants could alsoarise from a ldquolling-inrdquo process similar to that embodied in the retinex algo-

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 487

Figure 7 (a) Lattice tunnel hallucination seen following the taking of marijuana(redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) with the permission of Alan D Iselin(b) Simulation of the lattice tunnel generated by an even hexagonal roll patternon a square lattice

rithm of Land and McCann (1971) following the generation of types III or IVform constants in the coupled-ring mode The model allows for oscillatingor propagating waves as well as stationary patterns to arise from a bulkinstability Such waves are in fact observed many subjects who have takenLSD and similar hallucinogens report seeing bright white light at the centerof the visual eld which then ldquoexplodesrdquo into a hallucinatory image (Siegel1977) in at most 3 seconds corresponding to a propagation velocity in V1 ofabout 25 cm per second suggestive of slowly moving epileptiform activity(Senseman 1999) In this respect it is worth noting that in the continuumapproximation we use in this study both planforms arising when the long-range interactions are purely excitatory correspond to the perception of auniform bright white light

Finally it should be emphasized that many variants of the Kluver formconstants have been described some of which cannot be understood interms of the model we have introduced For example the lattice tunnelshown in Figure 7a is more complicated than any of the simple form con-stants shown earlier One intriguing possibility is that this image is gener-ated as a result of a mismatch between the corresponding planform andthe underlying structure of V1 We have (implicitly) assumed that V1 haspatchy connections that endow it with lattice properties It is clear fromthe optical image data (Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking et al 1997) thatthe cortical lattice is somewhat disordered Thus one might expect somedistortions to occur when planforms are spontaneously generated in such

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 12: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

484 P C Bressloff et al

Figure 5 V1 Planforms corresponding to some axial subgroups (a b) Rolland hexagonal patterns generated in V1 when it is in the Hubel-Wiesel operat-ing mode (c d) Honeycomb and square patterns generated when V1 is in thecoupled-ring operating mode

31 Form Constants as Stable Planforms Figure 5 shows some of the(mostly) stable planforms dened above in V1 coordinates and Figure 6in visual eld coordinates generated by plotting at each point r a con-tour element at the orientation w most strongly signaled at that pointmdashthatpointthat is for which a(r w ) is largest

These planforms are either contoured or noncontoured and correspondclosely to Kluverrsquos form constants In what we call the Hubel-Wiesel modeinteractions between iso-orientation patches in a single hypercolumn areweak and purely excitatory so individual hypercolumns do not amplify anyparticular orientation However if the long-range interactions are stronger

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 485

Figure 6 The same planforms as shown in Figure 5 drawn in visual eld coor-dinates Note however that the feathering around the edges of the bright blobsin b is a fortuitous numerical artifact

and effectively inhibitory then plane waves of cortical activity can emergewith no label for orientation preference The resulting planforms are callednoncontoured and correspond to the types I and II form constants as orig-inally proposed by Ermentrout and Cowan (1979) On the other hand ifcoupled-ring-mode interactions between neighboring iso-orientationpatches are strong enough so that even weakly biased activity can trigger asharply tuned response under the combined action of many interacting hy-percolumns plane waves labeled for orientation preference can emerge Theresulting planforms correspond to types III and IV form constants Theseresults suggest that the circuits in V1 that are normally involved in the de-tection of oriented edges and the formation of contours are also responsible

486 P C Bressloff et al

for the generation of the form constants Since 20 of the (excitatory) lateralconnections in layers 2 and 3 of V1 end on inhibitory interneurons (Hirschamp Gilbert 1991) the overall action of the lateral connections can become in-hibitory especially at high levels of activity The mathematical consequenceof this inhibition is the selection of odd planforms that do not form continu-ous contours We have shown that even planforms that do form continuouscontours can be selected when the overall action of the lateral connection isinhibitory if the model assumes deviation away from the visuotopic axis byat least 45 degrees in the pattern of lateral connections (Bressloff et al 2001)(as opposed to our rst model in which connections between iso-orientationpatches are oriented along the visuotopic axis)

This might seem paradoxical given observations suggesting that thereare at least two circuits in V1 one dealing with contrast edges in whichthe relevant lateral connections have the anisotropy found by Bosking et al(1997) and others that might be involved with the processing of texturessurfaces and color contrast which seem to have a much more isotropic lat-eral connectivity (Livingstone amp Hubel 1984) However there are severalintriguing possibilities that make the analysis more plausible The rst canoccur in case V1 operates in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) In such an op-erating mode if the lateral interactions are not as weak as we have assumedin our analysis then even contoured planforms can form The second re-lated possibility can occur if at low levels of activity V1 operates initiallyin the Hubel-Wiesel mode and the lateral and long-range interactions areall excitatory (pc D qc D 0) so that a bulk instability occurs if the homo-geneous state becomes unstable which can be followed by the emergenceof patterned noncontoured planforms at the critical wavelength of about267 mm when the level of activity rises and the longer-ranged inhibitionis activated (pc D 0 qc 6D 0) until V1 operates in the coupled-ring modewhen the short-range inhibition is also activated (pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0) In sucha case even planforms can be selected by the anistropic connectivity sincethe degeneracy has already been broken by the noncontoured planformsA third possibility is related to an important gap in our current modelwe have not properly incorporated the observation that the distributionof orientation preferences in V1 is not spatially homogeneous In fact thewell-known orientation ldquopinwheelrdquo singularities originally found by Blas-del and Salama (1986) turn out to be regions in which the scatter or rateof change |Dw Dr| of differing orientation preference labels is highmdashabout20 degreesmdashwhereas in linear regions it is only about 10 degrees (Mal-donado amp Gray 1996) Such a difference leads to a second model circuit(centered on the orientation pinwheels) with a lateral patchy connectivitythat is effectively isotropic (Yan Dimitrov amp Cowan 2001) and thereforeconsistent with observations of the connectivity of pinwheel regions (Liv-ingstone amp Hubel 1984) In such a case even planforms are selected in thecoupled-ring mode Types I and II noncontoured form constants could alsoarise from a ldquolling-inrdquo process similar to that embodied in the retinex algo-

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 487

Figure 7 (a) Lattice tunnel hallucination seen following the taking of marijuana(redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) with the permission of Alan D Iselin(b) Simulation of the lattice tunnel generated by an even hexagonal roll patternon a square lattice

rithm of Land and McCann (1971) following the generation of types III or IVform constants in the coupled-ring mode The model allows for oscillatingor propagating waves as well as stationary patterns to arise from a bulkinstability Such waves are in fact observed many subjects who have takenLSD and similar hallucinogens report seeing bright white light at the centerof the visual eld which then ldquoexplodesrdquo into a hallucinatory image (Siegel1977) in at most 3 seconds corresponding to a propagation velocity in V1 ofabout 25 cm per second suggestive of slowly moving epileptiform activity(Senseman 1999) In this respect it is worth noting that in the continuumapproximation we use in this study both planforms arising when the long-range interactions are purely excitatory correspond to the perception of auniform bright white light

Finally it should be emphasized that many variants of the Kluver formconstants have been described some of which cannot be understood interms of the model we have introduced For example the lattice tunnelshown in Figure 7a is more complicated than any of the simple form con-stants shown earlier One intriguing possibility is that this image is gener-ated as a result of a mismatch between the corresponding planform andthe underlying structure of V1 We have (implicitly) assumed that V1 haspatchy connections that endow it with lattice properties It is clear fromthe optical image data (Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking et al 1997) thatthe cortical lattice is somewhat disordered Thus one might expect somedistortions to occur when planforms are spontaneously generated in such

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 13: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 485

Figure 6 The same planforms as shown in Figure 5 drawn in visual eld coor-dinates Note however that the feathering around the edges of the bright blobsin b is a fortuitous numerical artifact

and effectively inhibitory then plane waves of cortical activity can emergewith no label for orientation preference The resulting planforms are callednoncontoured and correspond to the types I and II form constants as orig-inally proposed by Ermentrout and Cowan (1979) On the other hand ifcoupled-ring-mode interactions between neighboring iso-orientationpatches are strong enough so that even weakly biased activity can trigger asharply tuned response under the combined action of many interacting hy-percolumns plane waves labeled for orientation preference can emerge Theresulting planforms correspond to types III and IV form constants Theseresults suggest that the circuits in V1 that are normally involved in the de-tection of oriented edges and the formation of contours are also responsible

486 P C Bressloff et al

for the generation of the form constants Since 20 of the (excitatory) lateralconnections in layers 2 and 3 of V1 end on inhibitory interneurons (Hirschamp Gilbert 1991) the overall action of the lateral connections can become in-hibitory especially at high levels of activity The mathematical consequenceof this inhibition is the selection of odd planforms that do not form continu-ous contours We have shown that even planforms that do form continuouscontours can be selected when the overall action of the lateral connection isinhibitory if the model assumes deviation away from the visuotopic axis byat least 45 degrees in the pattern of lateral connections (Bressloff et al 2001)(as opposed to our rst model in which connections between iso-orientationpatches are oriented along the visuotopic axis)

This might seem paradoxical given observations suggesting that thereare at least two circuits in V1 one dealing with contrast edges in whichthe relevant lateral connections have the anisotropy found by Bosking et al(1997) and others that might be involved with the processing of texturessurfaces and color contrast which seem to have a much more isotropic lat-eral connectivity (Livingstone amp Hubel 1984) However there are severalintriguing possibilities that make the analysis more plausible The rst canoccur in case V1 operates in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) In such an op-erating mode if the lateral interactions are not as weak as we have assumedin our analysis then even contoured planforms can form The second re-lated possibility can occur if at low levels of activity V1 operates initiallyin the Hubel-Wiesel mode and the lateral and long-range interactions areall excitatory (pc D qc D 0) so that a bulk instability occurs if the homo-geneous state becomes unstable which can be followed by the emergenceof patterned noncontoured planforms at the critical wavelength of about267 mm when the level of activity rises and the longer-ranged inhibitionis activated (pc D 0 qc 6D 0) until V1 operates in the coupled-ring modewhen the short-range inhibition is also activated (pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0) In sucha case even planforms can be selected by the anistropic connectivity sincethe degeneracy has already been broken by the noncontoured planformsA third possibility is related to an important gap in our current modelwe have not properly incorporated the observation that the distributionof orientation preferences in V1 is not spatially homogeneous In fact thewell-known orientation ldquopinwheelrdquo singularities originally found by Blas-del and Salama (1986) turn out to be regions in which the scatter or rateof change |Dw Dr| of differing orientation preference labels is highmdashabout20 degreesmdashwhereas in linear regions it is only about 10 degrees (Mal-donado amp Gray 1996) Such a difference leads to a second model circuit(centered on the orientation pinwheels) with a lateral patchy connectivitythat is effectively isotropic (Yan Dimitrov amp Cowan 2001) and thereforeconsistent with observations of the connectivity of pinwheel regions (Liv-ingstone amp Hubel 1984) In such a case even planforms are selected in thecoupled-ring mode Types I and II noncontoured form constants could alsoarise from a ldquolling-inrdquo process similar to that embodied in the retinex algo-

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 487

Figure 7 (a) Lattice tunnel hallucination seen following the taking of marijuana(redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) with the permission of Alan D Iselin(b) Simulation of the lattice tunnel generated by an even hexagonal roll patternon a square lattice

rithm of Land and McCann (1971) following the generation of types III or IVform constants in the coupled-ring mode The model allows for oscillatingor propagating waves as well as stationary patterns to arise from a bulkinstability Such waves are in fact observed many subjects who have takenLSD and similar hallucinogens report seeing bright white light at the centerof the visual eld which then ldquoexplodesrdquo into a hallucinatory image (Siegel1977) in at most 3 seconds corresponding to a propagation velocity in V1 ofabout 25 cm per second suggestive of slowly moving epileptiform activity(Senseman 1999) In this respect it is worth noting that in the continuumapproximation we use in this study both planforms arising when the long-range interactions are purely excitatory correspond to the perception of auniform bright white light

Finally it should be emphasized that many variants of the Kluver formconstants have been described some of which cannot be understood interms of the model we have introduced For example the lattice tunnelshown in Figure 7a is more complicated than any of the simple form con-stants shown earlier One intriguing possibility is that this image is gener-ated as a result of a mismatch between the corresponding planform andthe underlying structure of V1 We have (implicitly) assumed that V1 haspatchy connections that endow it with lattice properties It is clear fromthe optical image data (Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking et al 1997) thatthe cortical lattice is somewhat disordered Thus one might expect somedistortions to occur when planforms are spontaneously generated in such

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 14: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

486 P C Bressloff et al

for the generation of the form constants Since 20 of the (excitatory) lateralconnections in layers 2 and 3 of V1 end on inhibitory interneurons (Hirschamp Gilbert 1991) the overall action of the lateral connections can become in-hibitory especially at high levels of activity The mathematical consequenceof this inhibition is the selection of odd planforms that do not form continu-ous contours We have shown that even planforms that do form continuouscontours can be selected when the overall action of the lateral connection isinhibitory if the model assumes deviation away from the visuotopic axis byat least 45 degrees in the pattern of lateral connections (Bressloff et al 2001)(as opposed to our rst model in which connections between iso-orientationpatches are oriented along the visuotopic axis)

This might seem paradoxical given observations suggesting that thereare at least two circuits in V1 one dealing with contrast edges in whichthe relevant lateral connections have the anisotropy found by Bosking et al(1997) and others that might be involved with the processing of texturessurfaces and color contrast which seem to have a much more isotropic lat-eral connectivity (Livingstone amp Hubel 1984) However there are severalintriguing possibilities that make the analysis more plausible The rst canoccur in case V1 operates in the Hubel-Wiesel mode (pc D 0) In such an op-erating mode if the lateral interactions are not as weak as we have assumedin our analysis then even contoured planforms can form The second re-lated possibility can occur if at low levels of activity V1 operates initiallyin the Hubel-Wiesel mode and the lateral and long-range interactions areall excitatory (pc D qc D 0) so that a bulk instability occurs if the homo-geneous state becomes unstable which can be followed by the emergenceof patterned noncontoured planforms at the critical wavelength of about267 mm when the level of activity rises and the longer-ranged inhibitionis activated (pc D 0 qc 6D 0) until V1 operates in the coupled-ring modewhen the short-range inhibition is also activated (pc 6D 0 qc 6D 0) In sucha case even planforms can be selected by the anistropic connectivity sincethe degeneracy has already been broken by the noncontoured planformsA third possibility is related to an important gap in our current modelwe have not properly incorporated the observation that the distributionof orientation preferences in V1 is not spatially homogeneous In fact thewell-known orientation ldquopinwheelrdquo singularities originally found by Blas-del and Salama (1986) turn out to be regions in which the scatter or rateof change |Dw Dr| of differing orientation preference labels is highmdashabout20 degreesmdashwhereas in linear regions it is only about 10 degrees (Mal-donado amp Gray 1996) Such a difference leads to a second model circuit(centered on the orientation pinwheels) with a lateral patchy connectivitythat is effectively isotropic (Yan Dimitrov amp Cowan 2001) and thereforeconsistent with observations of the connectivity of pinwheel regions (Liv-ingstone amp Hubel 1984) In such a case even planforms are selected in thecoupled-ring mode Types I and II noncontoured form constants could alsoarise from a ldquolling-inrdquo process similar to that embodied in the retinex algo-

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 487

Figure 7 (a) Lattice tunnel hallucination seen following the taking of marijuana(redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) with the permission of Alan D Iselin(b) Simulation of the lattice tunnel generated by an even hexagonal roll patternon a square lattice

rithm of Land and McCann (1971) following the generation of types III or IVform constants in the coupled-ring mode The model allows for oscillatingor propagating waves as well as stationary patterns to arise from a bulkinstability Such waves are in fact observed many subjects who have takenLSD and similar hallucinogens report seeing bright white light at the centerof the visual eld which then ldquoexplodesrdquo into a hallucinatory image (Siegel1977) in at most 3 seconds corresponding to a propagation velocity in V1 ofabout 25 cm per second suggestive of slowly moving epileptiform activity(Senseman 1999) In this respect it is worth noting that in the continuumapproximation we use in this study both planforms arising when the long-range interactions are purely excitatory correspond to the perception of auniform bright white light

Finally it should be emphasized that many variants of the Kluver formconstants have been described some of which cannot be understood interms of the model we have introduced For example the lattice tunnelshown in Figure 7a is more complicated than any of the simple form con-stants shown earlier One intriguing possibility is that this image is gener-ated as a result of a mismatch between the corresponding planform andthe underlying structure of V1 We have (implicitly) assumed that V1 haspatchy connections that endow it with lattice properties It is clear fromthe optical image data (Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking et al 1997) thatthe cortical lattice is somewhat disordered Thus one might expect somedistortions to occur when planforms are spontaneously generated in such

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 15: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 487

Figure 7 (a) Lattice tunnel hallucination seen following the taking of marijuana(redrawn from Siegel amp Jarvik 1975) with the permission of Alan D Iselin(b) Simulation of the lattice tunnel generated by an even hexagonal roll patternon a square lattice

rithm of Land and McCann (1971) following the generation of types III or IVform constants in the coupled-ring mode The model allows for oscillatingor propagating waves as well as stationary patterns to arise from a bulkinstability Such waves are in fact observed many subjects who have takenLSD and similar hallucinogens report seeing bright white light at the centerof the visual eld which then ldquoexplodesrdquo into a hallucinatory image (Siegel1977) in at most 3 seconds corresponding to a propagation velocity in V1 ofabout 25 cm per second suggestive of slowly moving epileptiform activity(Senseman 1999) In this respect it is worth noting that in the continuumapproximation we use in this study both planforms arising when the long-range interactions are purely excitatory correspond to the perception of auniform bright white light

Finally it should be emphasized that many variants of the Kluver formconstants have been described some of which cannot be understood interms of the model we have introduced For example the lattice tunnelshown in Figure 7a is more complicated than any of the simple form con-stants shown earlier One intriguing possibility is that this image is gener-ated as a result of a mismatch between the corresponding planform andthe underlying structure of V1 We have (implicitly) assumed that V1 haspatchy connections that endow it with lattice properties It is clear fromthe optical image data (Blasdel amp Salama 1986 Bosking et al 1997) thatthe cortical lattice is somewhat disordered Thus one might expect somedistortions to occur when planforms are spontaneously generated in such

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 16: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

488 P C Bressloff et al

a lattice Figure 7b shows a computation of the appearance in the visualeld of a roll pattern on a hexagonal lattice represented on a square lat-tice so that there is a slight incommensurability between the two The re-sulting pattern matches the hallucinatory image shown in Figure 7a quitewell

4 Discussion

This work extends previous work on the cortical mechanisms underlyingvisual hallucinations (Ermentrout amp Cowan 1979) by explicitly consideringcells with differing orientation preferences and by considering the actionof the retino-cortical map on oriented edges and local contours This iscarried out by the tangent map associated with the complex logarithm oneconsequence of which is that w the V1 label for orientation preference is notexactly equal to orientation preference in the visual eld wR but differs fromit by the angle hR the polar angle of receptive eld position It follows thatelements tuned to the same angle w should be connected along lines at thatangle in V1 This is consistent with the observations of Blasdel and Sincich(personal communication 1999) and Bosking et al (1997) and with one ofMitchison and Crickrsquos (1982) hypotheses on the lateral connectivity of V1Note that near the vertical meridian (where most of the observations havebeen made) changes in w approximate closely changes in wR However suchchanges should be relatively large and detectable with optical imaging nearthe horizontal meridian

Another major feature outlined in this article is the presumed Euclideansymmetry of V1 Many systems exhibit Euclidean symmetry What is novelhere is the way in which such a symmetry is generated by a shift fr w g fr C s w g followed by a twist fr w g fRh [r] w C h g as well as by theusual translations and reections It is the twist w w C h that is noveland is required to match the observations of Bosking et al (1997) In thisrespect it is interesting that Zweck and Williams (2001) recently introduceda set of basis functions with the same shift-twist symmetry as part of analgorithm to implement contour completion Their reason for doing so isto bind sparsely distributed receptive elds together functionally so as toperform Euclidean invariant computations It remains to explain the preciserelationship between the Euclidean invariant circuits we have introducedhere and Euclidean invariant receptive eld models

Finally we note that our analysis indicates the possibility that V1 canoperate in two different dynamical modes the Hubel-Wiesel mode or thecoupled-ring mode depending on the levels of excitability of its variousexcitatory and inhibitory cell populations We have shown that the Hubel-Wiesel mode can spontaneously generate noncontoured planforms and thecoupled-ring mode contoured ones Such planforms are seen as hallucina-tory images in the visual eld and their geometry is a direct consequence ofthe architecture of V1 We conjecture that the ability of V1 to process edges

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 17: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 489

contours surfaces and textures is closely related to the existence of thesetwo modes

Acknowledgments

We thank A G Dimitrov T Mundel and G Blasdel and the referees formany helpful discussions The work was supported by the LeverhulmeTrust (PCB) the James S McDonnell Foundation (JDC) and the NationalScience Foundation (MG) P C B thanks the Mathematics DepartmentUniversity of Chicago for its hospitality and support M G thanks theCenter for Biodynamics Boston University for its hospitality and supportJ D C and P C B thank G Hinton and the Gatsby Computational Neuro-sciences Unit University College London for hospitality and support

References

Blackmore S J (1992) Beyond the body An investigation of outndashofndashthendashbody expe-riences Chicago Academy of Chicago

Blasdel G amp Salama G (1986) Voltage-sensitive dyes reveal a modular orga-nization in monkey striate cortex Nature 321(6070) 579ndash585

Bosking W H Zhang Y Schoeld B amp Fitzpatrick D (1997) Orientationselectivity and the arrangement of horizontal connections in tree shrew striatecortex J Neurosci 17 2112ndash2127

Bressloff P C Cowan J D Golubitsky M Thomas P J amp Wiener M C (2001)Geometric visual hallucinations Euclidean symmetry and the functionalarchitecture of striate cortex Phil Trans Roy Soc Lond B 356 299ndash330

Clottes J amp Lewis-Williams D (1998) The shamans of prehistoryTrance and magicin the painted caves New York Abrams

Collier B B (1972) Ketamine and the conscious mind Anaesthesia 27 120ndash134Cowan J D (1977) Some remarks on channel bandwidths for visual contrast

detection Neurosciences Research Program Bull 15 492ndash517Cowan J D (1997) Neurodynamics and brain mechanisms In M Ito

Y Miyashita amp E T Rolls (Eds) Cognition computation and consciousness(pp 205ndash233) New York Oxford University Press

Drasdo N (1977) The neural representation of visual space Nature 266 554ndash556

Dybowski M (1939) Conditions for the appearance of hypnagogic visionsKwart Psychol 11 68ndash94

Ermentrout G B (1998) Neural networks as spatial pattern forming systemsRep Prog Phys 61 353ndash430

Ermentrout G B amp Cowan J D (1979) A mathematical theory of visual hal-lucination patterns Biol Cybernetics 34 137ndash150

Gilbert C D amp Wiesel T N (1983) Clustered intrinsic connections in cat visualcortex J Neurosci 3 1116ndash1133

Golubitsky M amp Schaeffer D G (1985) Singularities and groups in bifurcationtheory I Berlin Springer-Verlag

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 18: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

490 P C Bressloff et al

Golubitsky M Stewart I amp Schaeffer D G (1988) Singularities and groups inbifurcation theory II Berlin Springer-Verlag

Hansel D amp Sompolinsky H (1997) Modeling feature selectivity in local cor-tical circuits In C Koch amp I Segev (Eds) Methods of neuronal modeling (2nded pp 499ndash567) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Helmholtz H (1925) Physiological optics (Vol 2) Rochester NY Optical Societyof America

Hirsch J D amp Gilbert C D (1991) Synaptic physiology of horizontal connec-tions in the catrsquos visual cortex J Neurosci 11 1800ndash1809

Horton J C amp Hedley-Whyte E T (1984) Mapping of cytochrome oxidasepatches and ocular dominance columns in human visual cortex Phil TransRoy Soc B 304 255ndash272

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1962) Receptive elds binocular interaction andfunctional architecture in the catrsquos visual cortex J Physiol (Lond) 160 106ndash154

Hubel D H amp Wiesel T N (1974) Sequence regularity and geometry of ori-entation columns in the monkey striate cortex J Comp Neurol 158 267ndash294

Kluver H (1966) Mescal and mechanisms of hallucinations Chicago University ofChicago Press

Land E amp McCann J (1971) Lightness and retinex theory J Opt Soc Am61(1) 1ndash11

Levitt J B Lund J amp Yoshioka T (1996) Anatomical substrates for earlystages in cortical processing of visual information in the macaque monkeyBehavioral Brain Res 76 5ndash19

Livingstone M S amp Hubel D H (1984) Specicity of intrinsic connections inprimate primary visual cortex J Neurosci 4 2830ndash2835

Maldonado P amp Gray C (1996) Heterogeneity in local distributions oforientation-selective neurons in the cat primary visual cortex Visual Neu-roscience 13 509ndash516

Mavromatis A (1987) HypnagogiaThe unique state of consciousness between wake-fulness and sleep London Routledge amp Kegan Paul

Mitchison G amp Crick F (1982) Long axons within the striate cortex Theirdistribution orientation and patterns of connection Proc Nat Acad Sci(USA) 79 3661ndash3665

Miyashita Y (1995) How the brain creates imageryProjection to primary visualcortex Science 268 1719ndash1720

Mundel T Dimitrov A amp Cowan J D (1997) Visual cortex circuitry and orien-tation tuning InM C Mozer M I Jordanamp T Petsche (Eds)Advances inneu-ral information processing systems 9 (pp 887ndash893) Cambridge MA MIT Press

Patterson A (1992) Rock art symbols of the greater southwest Boulder CO JohnsonBooks

Purkinje J E (1918) Opera omnia (Vol 1) Prague Society of Czech PhysiciansSchwartz E (1977) Spatial mapping in the primate sensory projection Analytic

structure and relevance to projection Biol Cybernetics 25 181ndash194Senseman D M (1999) Spatiotemporal structure of depolarization spread in

cortical pyramidal cell populations evoked by diffuse retinal light ashesVisual Neuroscience 16 65ndash79

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001

Page 19: What Geometric Visual Hallucinations Tell Us about the ...bresslof/publications/01-3.pdf · 474 P.C.Bressloffetal. nectivitybetweenhypercolumnsexhibitssymmetries,renderingitin-variantundertheactionoftheEuclideangroupE(2),composedofre

Geometric Visual Hallucinations 491

Sereno M I Dale A M Reppas J B Kwong K K Belliveau J W BradyT J Rosen B R amp Tootell R B H (1995) Borders of multiple visual areasin humans revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging Science 268889ndash893

Siegel R K (1977) Hallucinations Scientic American 237(4) 132ndash140Siegel R K amp Jarvik M E (1975) Drugndashinduced hallucinations in animals and

man In R K Siegel amp L J West (Eds) HallucinationsBehavior experience andtheory (pp 81ndash161) New York Wiley

Smythies J R (1960) The stroboscopic patterns III further experiments anddiscussion Brit J Psychol 51(3) 247ndash255

Somers D Nelson S amp Sur M (1996) An emergent model of orientationselectivity in cat visual cortex simple cells J Neurosci 15(8) 5448ndash5465

Turing A M (1952) The chemical basis of morphogenesis Phil Trans Roy SocLond B 237 32ndash72

Tyler C W (1978) Some new entoptic phenomena Vision Res 181 1633ndash1639Tyler C W (1982) Do grating stimuli interact with the hypercolumn spacing in

the cortex Suppl Invest Ophthalmol 222 254Walgraef D (1997) Spationdashtemporal pattern formation New York Springer-

VerlagWiener M C (1994) Hallucinations symmetry and the structure of primary vi-

sual cortex A bifurcation theory approach Unpublished doctoral dissertationUniversity of Chicago

Wilson H R amp Cowan J D (1973) A mathematical theory of the functionaldynamics of cortical and thalamic nervous tissue Kybernetik 13 55ndash80

Yan C-P Dimitrov A amp Cowan J (2001) Spatial inhomogeneity in the visualcortex and the statistics of natural images Unpublished manuscript

Zubek J (1969) Sensory deprivationFifteen years of research New York Appleton-Century-Crofts

Zweck J W amp Williams L R (2001) Euclidean group invariant computation ofstochastic completion elds using shiftable-twistable functions Manuscript sub-mitted for publication

Received December 20 2000 accepted April 26 2001